Jig Standard 1530 Manual

DRAFT EI/JIG 1530 FOR STAKEHOLDER REVIEW.
Copyright EI & JIG 2012

Please submit any comments to mh@energyinst.org by 4 January 2013
EI12/059
Quality assurance requirements for the

manufacture, storage and distribution of aviation
fuels to airports
EI/JIG STANDARD 1530
First edition
XXX 2013
Published by
ENERGY INSTITUTE, LONDON
The Energy Institute is a professional membership body incorporated by Royal Charter 2003
Registered charity number 1097899
and the
JOINT INSPECTION GROUP
Joint Inspection Group Limited is a company limited by guarantee not having a share capital
Company Number 4617452 registered in England and Wales
DRAFT EI/JIG 1530 FOR STAKEHOLDER REVIEW. Copyright EI & JIG 2012
EI12/059
The Energy Institute (EI) is the leading chartered professional membership body supporting individuals and
organisations across the energy industry. With a combined membership of over 13,500 individuals and 300
companies in 100 countries, it provides an independent focal point for the energy community and a powerful
voice to engage business and industry, government, academia and the public internationally.
As a Royal Charter organisation, the EI offers professional recognition and sustains personal career
development through the accreditation and delivery of training courses, conferences and publications and
networking opportunities. It also runs a highly valued technical work programme, comprising original independent
research and investigations, and the provision of EI technical publications to provide the international industry
with information and guidance on key current and future issues.
The EI promotes the safe, environmentally responsible and efficient supply and use of energy in all its
forms and applications. In fulfilling this purpose the EI addresses the depth and breadth of energy and the energy
system, from upstream and downstream hydrocarbons and other primary fuels and renewables, to power
generation, transmission and distribution to sustainable development, demand side management and energy
efficiency. Offering learning and networking opportunities to support career development, the EI provides a home
to all those working in energy, and a scientific and technical reservoir of knowledge for industry.
This publication has been produced as a result of work carried out within the Technical Team of the
Energy Institute (EI), funded by the EIs Technical Partners. The EIs Technical Work Programme provides
industry with cost-effective, value-adding knowledge on key current and future issues affecting those operating in
the energy sector, both in the UK and internationally.
For further information, please visit http://www.energyinst.org.uk
The EI gratefully acknowledges the financial contributions towards the scientific and technical
programme from the following companies:
The Joint Inspection Group (JIG) is the leading internationally recognised forum where experts in all aspects of
the aviation fuel supply industry can come together to establish and enhance standards for the safe handling and
quality control of aviation fuels globally. The JIG Standards are recognised and endorsed by all parties with a
stake in the industry.
The primary purpose of JIG is to ensure that the standards for aviation fuel handling and quality control and
aircraft fuelling operations ensure safe and reliable operations, are continuously updated taking into account
developments in technology and lessons learned, and that they are rigorously followed at JIG operations around
the world.
Currently the JIG standards are applied at about 180 of the worlds major airports where there are shared fuel
storage and handling facilities, including Heathrow, Frankfurt, Paris, Sydney, Singapore, Johannesburg,
Amsterdam, Istanbul, Dubai, and Hong Kong. JIG Standards are also applied at many of the member companies
own operations, typically the smaller regional airports where the facilities are not shared, and used as a reference
by many other airport operators. As a result some 2500 locations around the world work to the JIG Standards
with approximately 40 % of the worlds aviation fuel supplied through facilities that follow JIG Standards.
JIG Ltd gratefully acknowledges the financial and technical support from its Member Companies:
Copyright 2013 by the Energy Institute, London and the Joint Inspection Group Limited:
The Energy Institute is a professional membership body incorporated by Royal Charter 2003.
Registered charity number 1097899, England
All rights reserved
Joint Inspection Group Limited is a company limited by guarantee not having a share capital
Company Number 4617452 registered in England and Wales
No part of this book may be reproduced by any means, or transmitted or translated into
a machine language without the written permission of the publishers.
ISBN 978 0 85293 637 5
Further copies can be obtained from:
Portland Customer Services, Commerce Way, Whitehall Industrial Estate, Colchester CO2 8HP, UK.
t: +44 (0)1206 796 351 e: sales@portland-services.com
SAI Global - ILI Publishing, Index House, Ascot, Berks, SL5 7EU, UK
Tel: +44 (0)1344 636300, Fax: +44 (0)1344 291194, www.ili.co.uk & www.i2isolutions.net e: standards@saiglobal.com
Electronic access to EI publications is available via our website, www.energyinstpubs.org.uk.
Documents can be purchased online as downloadable pdfs or on an annual subscription for single users and companies.
For more information, contact the EI Publications Team (pubs@energyinst.org.uk)
EI12/059
CONTENTS
Page
Legal notices and disclaimers ................................................................................................
Foreword...................................................................................................................................
Acknowledgements .................................................................................................................
1 Introduction, scope, application and important definitions..............................................
1.1 Introduction ..........................................................................................................................
1.2 Scope ...................................................................................................................................
1.3 Application ...........................................................................................................................
1.4 Important definitions .............................................................................................................
2 Aviation fuel quality assurance and traceability ................................................................
2.1 Introduction ..........................................................................................................................
2.2 Quality assurance system ....................................................................................................
2.3 Traceability ...........................................................................................................................
2.4 Quality assurance organisation............................................................................................
2.5 Document retention requirements ........................................................................................
3 Management of change/new processes .............................................................................
3.1 Introduction ..........................................................................................................................
3.2 Principles .............................................................................................................................
3.3 Management of change process ..........................................................................................
3.4 MoC process implementation ..............................................................................................
3.5 Specific changes ..................................................................................................................
3.6 Example review process ......................................................................................................
4 Sampling and testing of aviation fuel .................................................................................
4.1 General sampling principles .................................................................................................
4.2 Normative documents ..........................................................................................................
4.3 Sampling and samples terminology ..................................................................................
4.4 Sampling tanks for batching, certification or recertification ..................................................
4.5 Sampling tanks in any marine vessel ...................................................................................
4.6 Sample testing .....................................................................................................................
5 Laboratories ..........................................................................................................................
5.1 Laboratory quality assurance requirements .........................................................................
5.2 RCQ testing .........................................................................................................................
5.3 Authorised signatories .........................................................................................................
5.4 Test method validation .........................................................................................................
5.5 Software and computer system validation ...........................................................................
5.6 Equipment calibration ..........................................................................................................
5.7 Document control (standards and specifications) ................................................................
5.8 Training ................................................................................................................................
5.9 Retention samples ...............................................................................................................
5.10 Sample handling and sample containers at laboratories ...................................................
5.11 Data integrity management ................................................................................................
5.12 Documentation ...................................................................................................................
EI12/059
6 Refineries: Manufacture .......................................................................................................

6.1 Scope and application ..........................................................................................................
6.2 Aviation fuel standards and specifications ...........................................................................
6.3 Fuel components used in aviation fuel manufacture ............................................................
6.4 Monitoring of refinery processes ..........................................................................................
6.5 Slops processing or recycling of off-grade material .............................................................
6.6 Additives used in aviation fuels ............................................................................................
6.7 Documentation .....................................................................................................................
7 Additives used in aviation fuels
7.1 Scope ...................................................................................................................................
7.2 Introduction ..........................................................................................................................
7.3 Types of additive ..................................................................................................................
7.4 Receipt procedures for additives .........................................................................................
7.5 Storage procedures .............................................................................................................
7.6 Inspection and cleaning .......................................................................................................
7.7 Additive shelf life ..................................................................................................................
7.8 Periodic testing ....................................................................................................................
7.9 Additive dosing.....................................................................................................................
7.10 Fuel containing additive(s) .................................................................................................
7.11 Records..............................................................................................................................
8 Receipt, batching, certification and release
8.1 General ................................................................................................................................
8.2 Refinery import or receipt .....................................................................................................
8.3 Receipt procedures ..............................................................................................................
8.4 Quality control and release procedures ...............................................................................
8.5 Procedure for SDA re-doping ...............................................................................................
8.6 Off-specification product ......................................................................................................
8.7 Documentation .....................................................................................................................
9 Finished Product: Storage Design Features and Handling Procedures
9.1 General principles ................................................................................................................
9.2 Delivery mode definitions .....................................................................................................
9.3 Tankage and pipework design .............................................................................................
9.4 Filtration and fuel cleanliness ...............................................................................................
9.5 Storage procedures .............................................................................................................
9.6 Documentation .....................................................................................................................
10 Transportation: Facilities and procedures .......................................................................
10.1 Ocean tankers, coastal and inland waterway vessels/barges ...........................................
10.2 Pipeline transportation .......................................................................................................
10.3 Road tankers and rail tank cars .........................................................................................
10.4 Drum and intermediate bulk container filling and ISO tank container loading ...................
11 Synthetic Jet Fuel ...............................................................................................................
11.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................
11.2 Approval of synthetic components .....................................................................................
11.3 Manufacture of synthetic fuel blends .................................................................................
11.4 Handling of synthetic fuel blends .......................................................................................
Annex A
Annex B
Annex C
Annex D
Annex E
Annex F
Annex G
Annex H
Annex I
Annex J
Annex K
EI12/059
Glossary of terms & abbreviations ....................................................................

Authorised signatories .......................................................................................
Equipment/installation pre-conditioning prior to use with aviation fuel ........
Recertification test certificates ..........................................................................
Data integrity management flow charts.............................................................
Salt dryers and bulk water removal ...................................................................
Clay treaters .........................................................................................................
Jet fuel conductivity ............................................................................................
Long term storage and return to use .................................................................
Referenced publications .....................................................................................
Abbreviations/units .............................................................................................
EI12/059
LEGAL NOTICES AND DISCLAIMERS

This publication has been prepared by the Energy Institute (EI) Aviation Committee and the Joint
Inspection Group (JIG).
The information contained in this publication is provided as guidance only, and although every effort
has been made by EI and JIG to assure the accuracy and reliability of its contents, EI AND JIG
MAKE NO GUARANTEE THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS COMPLETE OR ERROR-FREE.
ANY PERSON OR ENTITY MAKING ANY USE OF THE INFORMATION HEREIN DOES SO AT
HIS/HER/ITS OWN RISK. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE
INFORMATION HEREIN IS PROVIDED WITHOUT, AND EI AND JIG HEREBY EXPRESSLY
DISCLAIMS, ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS,
IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL EI OR JIG BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON, OR ENTITY
USING OR RECEIVING THE INFORMATION HEREIN FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL,
PUNITIVE, INDIRECT OR SPECIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST
PROFITS), REGARDLESS OF THE BASIS OF SUCH LIABILITY, AND REGARDLESS OF
WHETHER OR NOT EI OR JIG HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES
OR IF SUCH DAMAGES COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN.
The contents of this publication are not intended or designed to define or create legal rights or
obligations, or set a legal standard of care.
EI and JIG are not undertaking to meet the duties of manufacturers, purchasers, users and/or
employers to warn and equip their employees and others concerning safety risks and precautions, nor
is EI or JIG undertaking any of the duties of manufacturers, purchasers, users and/or employers
under local and regional laws and regulations. This information should not be used without first
securing competent advice with respect to its suitability for any general or specific application, and all
entities have an independent obligation to ascertain that their actions and practices are appropriate
and suitable for each particular situation and to consult all applicable federal, state and local laws.
EI AND JIG HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY OR RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOSS
OR DAMAGE RESULTING FROM THE VIOLATION OF ANY LOCAL OR REGIONAL LAWS OR
REGULATIONS WITH WHICH THIS PUBLICATION MAY CONFLICT.
Nothing contained in any EI or JIG publication is to be construed as granting any right, by implication
or otherwise, for the manufacture, sale, or use of any method, apparatus, or product covered by
letters patent. Neither should anything contained in the publication be construed as insuring anyone
against liability for infringement of letters patent.
No reference made in this publication to any specific product or service constitutes or implies an
endorsement, recommendation, or warranty thereof by EI and JIG.
EI, JIG AND THEIR AFFILIATES, REPRESENTATIVES, CONSULTANTS, AND CONTRACTORS
AND THEIR RESPECTIVE PARENTS, SUBSIDIARIES, AFFILIATES, CONSULTANTS, OFFICERS,
DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, REPRESENTATIVES, AND MEMBERS SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY
WHATSOEVER FOR, AND SHALL BE HELD HARMLESS AGAINST, ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY
INJURIES, LOSSES OR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, TO PERSONS, INCLUDING
PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, OR PROPERTY RESULTING IN WHOLE OR IN PART,
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM ACCEPTANCE, USE OR COMPLIANCE WITH THIS
STANDARD.
EI12/059
FOREWORD
This publication has been prepared by an EI/JIG Working Group, under the direction of the
EI Aviation Committee and the JIG Operations Committee.
EI/JIG 1530 is intended to provide a standard to assist in the maintenance of aviation fuel
quality, from its point of manufacture to delivery to airports. It provides mandatory provisions
and good practice recommendations for the design/functional requirements of facilities, and
operational procedures.
This publication is intended for adoption worldwide, by any company or organisation involved
in the refining or handling of aviation fuel upstream of airports. This includes those
companies/organisations responsible for the design, construction, operation, inspection or
maintenance of refineries, pipelines, marine vessels, coastal/inland waterway barges, road
tankers, rail tank cars or storage installations, aviation fuel testing laboratories and
inspection companies.
This publication uses the word shall to denote mandatory provisions, compliance with which
is considered essential for the maintenance of aviation fuel quality. The word should is used
to denote provisions considered to represent good practice. Note: If companies/
organisations choose to follow this publication, it is recommended that all of its provisions
(mandatory and good practice) are adopted.
Whilst written in the context of the legislative and regulatory framework generally applicable
in the European Communities, the provisions set out in this publication can similarly be
applied in other countries providing national and local statutory requirements are complied
with. Where the requirements differ, the more stringent should be adopted.
The EI and JIG are not undertaking to meet the duties of employers to warn and equip their
employees, and others exposed, concerning health and safety risks and precautions, nor
undertaking their obligations under local and regional laws and regulations.
Nothing contained in any EI/JIG publication is to be construed as granting any right, by
implication or otherwise, for the manufacture, sale, or use of any method, apparatus, or
product covered by letters patent. Neither shall anything contained in the publication be
construed as insuring anyone against liability for infringement of letters patent.
This publication is intended to assist those involved in the refining, distribution and supply of
aviation fuel. Every effort has been made by the EI and JIG to assure the accuracy and
reliability of the data contained in this publication; however, EI and JIG make no
representation, warranty, or guarantee in connection with this publication and hereby
expressly disclaim any liability or responsibility for loss or damage resulting from its use or
for the violation of any local or regional laws or regulations with which this publication may
conflict.
Suggested revisions are invited and may be submitted to the Technical Department, Energy
Institute, 61 New Cavendish Street, London, W1G 7AR (technical@energyinst.org) or to the
Joint Inspection Group (via www.jigonline.com).
EI12/059
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This publication was prepared by representatives of the following, on behalf of the Energy
Institute Aviation Committee and the Joint Inspection Group Operations Committee.
Air BP Limited
Air TOTAL International
Central European Pipeline Management Agency
Kuwait Petroleum International Aviation Company Ltd.
ExxonMobil Aviation International Ltd.
SGS
Shell Aviation Ltd.
The participation and contributions of technical representatives of the following are greatly
appreciated in the development of this publication:
To be added
EI12/059
1 INTRODUCTION, SCOPE, APPLICATION AND

IMPORTANT DEFINITIONS
1.1
INTRODUCTION
For many decades those involved in aviation fuel manufacture and handling have worked to
ensure that all fuel delivered to airports is fully on-specification, clean and dry, and fit-forpurpose.
In various regions worldwide, this activity was undertaken by a relatively small number of
integrated oil companies or National Oil companies, working to company proprietary
manuals. This situation has significantly changed in recent years, with a diverse range of
companies and organisations having responsibility for aviation fuel manufacture and
distribution to airports.
The need to highlight the availability of industry standards for the management of aviation
fuel quality throughout the supply chain has been recognized by the International Civil
Aviation Organization (ICAO), which has issued Doc 9977 Manual on civil aviation jet fuel
supply. This has been issued to the civil aviation authorities of the 191 Member States of
ICAO.
Industry stakeholders have recognized the need to document the key mandatory provisions
that are considered essential for the maintenance of aviation fuel quality from its point of
manufacture through (sometimes complex) distribution systems to airports. In addition, good
practice recommendations and informative material have been provided, based on existing
company operating materials, and collective industry specialist knowledge developed over
many years of safe and efficient operations. This forms the content of this publication.
While this publication establishes mandatory provisions and good practice
recommendations, all companies/organisations involved in maintaining aviation fuel quality
are encouraged to seek continuous improvement in their operations.
The overriding philosophy implicit in this document is that, at each step in the fuels journey
from refinery to airport, all the parties involved, from its initial production to subsequent
storage and handling, have a shared responsibility for maintaining the quality and
cleanliness of the fuel at that point in the supply chain, and should not expect the parties
further downstream to remedy any deficiencies.
It should be noted that maintaining aviation fuel quality relies upon the involvement of
competent and experienced practitioners. This publication has been prepared for use by
such individuals only.
1.2
SCOPE
This publication provides mandatory provisions and good practice recommendations for
maintaining aviation fuel quality in refineries and in storage, distribution and transport
systems including those delivering to airports, covering:
facilities design and construction,
product manufacture,
batching,
testing,
EI12/059
release,
storage and handling,
receipt and discharge,
quality assurance requirements, and
operational procedures.
This publication does not address:

the storage and handling of aviation fuels at airports. Requirements for airport
installations can be found in:
EI 1540 Design, construction, operation and maintenance of aviation fuelling
facilities,
JIG 2 Standards for aviation fuel quality control and operating procedures for airport
depots,
JIG 1 Standards for aviation fuel quality control and operating procedures for intoplane fuelling services, and
A4A 103 Standards for jet fuel quality control at airports.
Health, safety, environmental protection and supply integrity controls (which it is
assumed companies/organisations have in place).
1.3
APPLICATION
This publication is intended for adoption worldwide, by any company or organisation involved
in the manufacturing, testing, blending or handling of aviation fuel upstream of airports. This
includes those companies/organisations responsible for the design, construction, operation,
inspection or maintenance of refineries, pipelines, marine vessels, coastal/inland waterway
barges, road tankers, rail tank cars or storage installations, aviation fuel testing laboratories
and inspection companies.
The requirements and recommendations detailed in this publication incorporate those
previously published as JIG 3 Standards for aviation fuel quality control and operating
procedures for supply and distribution facilities (Issue 11, January 2012) and are in
alignment with those in API Recommended Practice 1595 Design, construction, operation,
maintenance and inspection of aviation pre-airfield storage terminals and API
Recommended Practice 1543 Documentation, monitoring and laboratory testing of aviation
fuel during shipment from refinery to airport.
Throughout this publication the words shall, should and may are used to qualify certain
requirements or actions. The specific meaning of these words is as follows:
shall is used when the provision is mandatory
should is used when the provision is recommended as good practice
may is used where the provision is optional
Companies/organisations wishing to claim compliance with this publication are required to
meet all of the mandatory provisions of the relevant chapter(s). All companies/organisations
are also encouraged to follow the provisions which are recommended as good practice.
In the case of existing facilities that do not comply fully with mandatory provisions of this
publication, steps shall be taken to make the improvements necessary to facilities and/or
procedures. The goal should always be full compliance. Where full compliance has not been
achieved, it shall be demonstrated that the combination of existing facilities and the quality
assurance procedures applied to them (based on a full risk assessment) are capable of
always meeting the objective of delivering only clean, dry, on-specification fuel. Risk
10
EI12/059
assessments shall be clearly defined and documented, and available for auditing purposes.
The reliance on the combination of existing facilities and quality assurance procedures shall
not be considered as a permanent means of complying with mandatory provisions of this
publication.
1.4
IMPORTANT DEFINITIONS
1.4.1 On specification
Aviation fuel specifications contain a table (or tables) of fuel property requirements, with their
minimum and/or maximum allowable values. However, in addition to the table of properties,
aviation fuel specifications contain numerous requirements related to permitted materials
(both fuel components and additives), quality assurance, management of change, testing
and documentation (traceability), and cleanliness, which are designed to ensure that fuel
delivered into aircraft is fit-for-purpose.
A declaration of on specification or meeting the specification means meeting the
various maximum/minimum limits for fuel property tests and also satisfying all other
aspects of the specification such as material composition, approved additives, quality
assurance, management of change, cleanliness, traceability, etc.
1.4.2 Glossary of terms and abbreviations
A glossary of terms and abbreviations used in this publication is included as Annex A.
11
EI12/059
2 AVIATION FUEL QUALITY ASSURANCE AND

TRACEABILITY
2.1
INTRODUCTION
The potential consequences of a failure to supply the correct, on-specification and fit-forpurpose fuel to aircraft are such that it is essential for every organization in the supply chain
from refinery to airport to have an effective, documented and auditable aviation fuel quality
assurance system. The system shall be designed to ensure the provision and maintenance
of appropriate facilities, equipment and competent personnel for the safe and
uncontaminated production and delivery of aviation fuels.
2.2
QUALITY ASSURANCE SYSTEM
2.2.1 Quality assurance system principles

Aviation fuel quality assurance is based on certification at point of manufacture and
procedures to verify that the quality of the aviation fuel concerned has not significantly
changed and remains within the specification limits during distribution and delivery to airports
(and subsequently to aircraft). Proper documentation is an essential part of this process. The
key documents are:
Refinery Certificate of Quality
Certificate of Analysis
Recertification Test Certificate
Release Certificate.
In addition, other field tests are undertaken, and results recorded, to provide quality
assurance as part of the detailed operating procedures, including:
Periodic Test
Appearance Check
Membrane filtration test
Control Check
Conductivity
Microbiological Assay
2.2.2 Refinery Certificate of Quality (RCQ)
The RCQ is produced at the point of manufacture and is the definitive original document
describing the quality of a batch of aviation fuel. It contains the results of measurements,
made by the product originators laboratory (or laboratory working on behalf of the product
originator), of all the properties required by the specification to which the fuel is
manufactured and includes all other details mandated by the relevant specification. It
therefore represents a complete certification of a product's conformance with the relevant
specification. In the case of jet fuel manufactured to DEF STAN 91-91, the RCQ also
provides information regarding composition of the fuel in terms of the percentage of mildly
hydroprocessed, severely hydroprocessed and synthetic components, and details of the
addition of additives, including both type and amount of any such additives permitted in the
fuel specification.
The RCQ shall always be dated and signed by an authorised signatory (see Annex B).
In addition to the information mandated for inclusion in the RCQ by the cited aviation fuel
specification, the following information shall be included:
12
EI12/059
Specification name, issue and any amendment number;

Name and address of testing laboratory; including telephone and fax numbers and e-mail
address;
Batch number or unique identifier;
Quantity of fuel in the batch;
Properties tested including specification limit, test method and result of test;
Name and position of authorised test certificate signatory or electronic signature, and
Date of certification.
The RCQ can be produced by an independent contracted laboratory working on behalf of a

refinery but the RCQ shall state the manufacturing source refinery.
2.2.3 Certificate of Analysis (CoA)
A CoA is issued by a laboratory other than that of (or working on behalf of) the originating
refinery, usually at some point downstream of the point of manufacture, typically in
intermediate supply terminals where several batches of jet fuel may be co-mingled and that
product re-batched. It contains determinations of all the properties required in the relevant
specification (often referred to as the Table 1 properties), but will not necessarily provide
information regarding the type and amount of any additives in the fuel or the percentage of
hydro-processed or synthetic components. CoAs shall be dated and signed by an authorised
signatory.
The minimum information that shall be included on the CoA is:
Name and address of testing laboratory, including telephone and fax numbers and e-mail
address;
Quantity of fuel in the batch;
Properties tested including specification limit, test method and result of test;
Name and position of authorised test certificate signatory or electronic signature; and
Date of certification.
A CoA shall not be treated as a RCQ.
2.2.4 Recertification Test Certificate (RTC)
Where aviation product is transferred to an installation under circumstances which could in
any way allow the possibility of cross-contamination (e.g. marine tanker or multi-product
pipeline), Recertification Testing is necessary before further use or product transfer.
Recertification testing is carried out to verify that the quality of the aviation fuel concerned
has not changed during distribution and remains within the specification limits.
Recertification testing comprises a reduced set of tests (compared with the full set in the
RCQ or CoA) which are particularly sensitive to contamination (see chapter 4 for minimum
requirements). The RTC shall be dated and signed by an authorised representative of the
laboratory carrying out the testing. The results of all recertification tests shall be checked to
confirm that:
the specification limits are met, and
no significant change is noted for each property on the test certificate (see Annex D).
The minimum information that shall be included on the RTC is:
13
EI12/059
Name and address of testing laboratory, including telephone and fax numbers and e-mail
address;
Quantity of fuel in each component in the batch;
Properties tested including specification limit, test method and result of test including
comparison checks;
Name and position of authorised test certificate signatory or electronic signature, and
Date of testing.
2.2.5 Release Certificate (RC)

The Release Certificate is an operational document linked to one or more laboratory test
certificates. It authorises any transfer of aviation fuel (including to airports), confirming
compliance with the relevant specification(s) and contains, as a minimum, the:
Reference to Batch number or other unique identifier (e.g. Tank number, date and time);
Test report number (last full certification (RCQ or CoA) or RTC on this batch);
Date and time of release;
Certified batch density;
Quantity of fuel (this may be added subsequently for pipeline transfers);
Statement that product complies fully with the visual appearance requirement (and
conductivity if SDA is present) and is free from bulk water;
Grade of fuel and specification; and
Authorised signatory.
The RC need not duplicate existing information but shall be part of the consignment notes.
2.2.6 Periodic Test Certificate
This test is carried out to certify that product which has been static in storage for more than 6
months (see Annex I) conforms to the relevant specification and that the quality of the
product has not changed since the last tests were carried out. The Periodic Test Certificate
contains the results of the Periodic Test (see chapter 4). It shall be dated and signed by an
authorised signatory.
2.2.7 Duration of validity of certificates
DEF STAN 91-91 specifies that fuel supplied to airport is supported by a RCQ, CoA or RTC
that is less than180 days old.
NOTE: drum stocks are exempt from this requirement; here the certification is valid for 12
months from filling date or last re-test date for the batch of drums.
Should there have been subsequent changes to the fuel specification since the date on the
RCQ, any additional testing required by the current specification at the time of re-testing
shall be conducted.
2.2.8 Utilisation of test data
Test data (as recorded by the above documents/certificates) shall be used throughout the
fuel handling system to establish conformance, as detailed in chapter 8.
2.3
TRACEABILITY
Traceability for aviation fuel indicates the ability to track any batch of fuel in the distribution
system back to its original point of manufacture. This requires certification documentation
(RCQs and/or CoAs, RTCs and RCs), with information on additive concentration and content
of hydroprocessed and synthetic components (if required by the specification).
14
EI12/059
To avoid the need to view excessive documentation at each point in the supply chain,
traceability may be fulfilled by listing on the CoA (or on a cross-referenced attached
document see Figure 1) all the component batches that make up the new batch that the
CoA represents.
Batch Make-Up Record
Batch Number:
Tank Number:
Quantity:
Grade:
Date Sampled:
Test Cert Number:
Quantity
(Litres/USG)
Batch
Number
Test Cert.
Number
Import
Release Note
litres/USG
Consignor
Location
Receipt
Date
Consignee
Location
Delivery
Date
Initial
Stock
New
Product
Received
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Loss/(Gain)
Total
Litres/USG
Batch Export Record

Quantity
(Litres/USG)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Loss/(Gain)
Inspectors
Number
Method of Despatch
Export
Release Note
Total Litres Exported

Total of this Batch Left in Tank
Signed
Figure 1 Examples of batch make-up and batch export records
15
DRAFT EI/JIG 1530 FOR STAKE

EHOLDER R
REVIEW. Copyright EI & JIG 2012
Please ssubmit any comments
c
to mh@energyyinst.org by 4 January 20
013
EI12/059
By listing the com

mponent ba
atches, the
e certifying authority (for exampple the term
minal or
ory manage
er) is confirrming that itt has the documents (RCQ
(
or CooA) for eac
ch of the
laborato
compon
nent batche
es in its po
ossession and that each
e
docum
ment meetss the requirements
stated in the fuel specification
s
n. The RCQ
Qs and CoA
As of the component baatches do not
n need
he CoA. Ex
xample scen
narios are shown
s
below
w.
to be atttached to th
Note: D
Depending on
o circumsta
ances CoAss may be re
eplaced by RTCs.
R
Scenarrio 1
es batches from refine

eries A and
d B. The co
omingled prroduct is rebatched
Location 1 receive
on 1 needs tto have RC
CQ A and RCQ B in itss possession
n and to
and CoA 1 producced. Locatio
hat they me
eet the spec
cification req
quirements. RCQ A an
nd RCQ B nneed to be listed
l
by
verify th
their ba
atch numbe
er or other unique ide ntifier on th
he CoA 1 but
b copies do not nee
ed to be
attache
ed to CoA 1 supplied to
o Location T
T.
Scenarrio 2
es product from Loca

ation 1 and
d also from
m Refinery C. The co
omingled
Location 2 receive
A 2 produce
ed. Location 2 needs to have CooA 1 and RC
CQ C in
productt is rebatched and CoA
its posssession, to verify
v
that they meet th
he requirem
ments of the
e specificatioon and list them by
their ba
atch numberr or other unique identtifier on CoA
A 2. RCQ C and CoA 1 do not need to be
attache
o Location T
T.
16

EHOLDER R
c
013
EI12/059
Scenarrio 3
es product from Loca

ation 2 and
d also from
m Refinery D. The co
omingled
Location 3 receive
A 3 produce
ed. Location 3 needs to have CooA 2 and RC
CQ D in
productt is rebatched and CoA
its posssession, to verify
v
that they meet th
he requirem
ments of the
e specificatioon and list them by
their ba
atch numberr or other unique identtifier on CoA
A 3. RCQ D and CoA 1 do not need to be
attache
o Location T
T. Also shown is a dire
ect delivery from Refinery D to
the Airp
port.
All batcches of jet fuel that are
a mixed together downstream of refineriies for sub
bsequent
certifica
ation by a CoA
C
as jet fuel shall ha
ave been orriginally manufactured and certifie
ed as jet
fuel me
eeting one of the major internattional jet fu
uel specifications, as listed in th
he IATA
Guidance materiall for aviation
n turbine fu
uels. It is a requiremen
nt of DEF S
STAN 91-91
1 that, in
s
explici tly that DEF
F STAN 91--91 restrictioons on com
mposition
this casse, the original RCQs state
(also se
ee 6.3) and additives (a
also see 7.2
2) are satisffied.
f
blended with synt hesized components downstream
d
m of a refine
ery (see
In the ccase of jet fuel
chapterr 11), the po
oint of manu
ufacture (bl ending) of the
t synthetic jet fuel bl end shall be stated
on the C
CoA, along with the orriginal sourcce location and certific
cation refereences for th
he blend
compon
nents used.
e systems multiple
m
battches are co-mingled
c
and
a the desstination of specific
In fungiible pipeline
batchess will be un
nknown. The
e operator o
of the pipelline is required to ensuure that all product
entering
g its system
m meets th
he relevant specificatio
on as confirmed by R
RCQs and/o
or CoAs.
When tthe product is delivered and reba
atched, a CoA shall be
e produced for the new
w batch.
The orig
ginal RCQss and/or Co
oAs for the componentts of the new batch sh all be available but
do not n
necessarily have to acc
company th
he product.
Provide
ed that the batch
b
in the
e tank has b
been certifie
ed, the resid
dual heel in the tank (le
ess than
3 % of tank volum
me) need no
ot be suppo
orted by all the RCQ/C
CoA documeentation refferred to
above.
17
EI12/059
The flow chart in Figure 2 indicates the documentation that is required at each stage of
delivery.
Figure 2 Documentation requirements
18
2.4
EI12/059
QUALITY ASSURANCE ORGANIZATION
Every manufacturing, storage and distribution location shall have a product quality
assurance organisation. The specific details of such an organisation may vary according to
the nature of the operating unit. Within the organisation, individuals shall be nominated for
specific roles, authorised and documented (nomenclature may vary according to local
requirements). At each level of the structure, records shall be kept of the responsible
individuals in the succeeding level together with details of training received. As a minimum
the organisation shall include a site product quality manager and nominated personnel
responsible for tasks critical to the product quality assurance system.
2.4.1 Site Product Quality Manager
At each site that manufactures, blends, stores or handles aviation fuel there shall be a
nominated site product quality manager responsible for the efficient and effective operation
of the quality assurance system at that site.
As a minimum, the Site Product Quality Manager shall be accountable for:
Implementation of correct quality assurance procedures;
Maintenance of satisfactory documentation;
Only releasing product that meets the appropriate specification), and
Training of all staff at the site who are nominated to undertake tasks critical to the
product quality assurance system.
2.4.2 Personnel with duties that include tasks critical to the product quality assurance
system
All staff whose duties include tasks critical to the product quality assurance system shall be
nominated, documented and fully trained in such tasks.
See Annex B for additional requirements for staff responsible for the signing of documents
supporting the release of product (authorised signatories).
2.4.3 Training requirements
The manager of the operation is responsible for defining training and competency
requirements for the personnel under their control. The manager shall ensure that all
personnel have appropriate job descriptions and are adequately trained. The training records
shall be well documented including details of theoretical and practical content, how
competency is assessed and signed off, when training was first accomplished and when
refresher training is required.
New personnel (permanent and temporary) shall be thoroughly trained in all operations and
procedures that they will be called upon to perform in the course of their duties. Existing
personnel called upon to undertake new tasks shall be similarly trained before undertaking
the new task without supervision. Existing personnel shall also be observed periodically
when carrying out tasks, and refresher training provided when necessary.
The following components are important to appropriately assess the competence
requirements of personnel:
the experience, knowledge and skills required in each position;
any legal and other requirements applicable to the role, and
differing levels of responsibility, ability, language skills and literacy and risks associated
with the Job Description/ role
Specific consideration shall be given to the competencies required for the following roles:
19
EI12/059
an executive and decision-making role, which oversees an operation to prevent the

occurrence or escalation of incidents, and
a role that is responsible for Key Risk Areas, i.e., areas of the operation where there
are identified risks, which would be classified as High Risk if they were left unmitigated.
Requirements for training apply equally to any sub-contractors.

2.5
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENTS
Aviation quality control documents shall be kept for certain minimum periods to provide
adequate history and reference. The following retention requirements specify minimum
periods, but local regulations or external quality assurance requirements may require longer
retention periods. Records of all daily, weekly and monthly checks shall be retained for at
least 1 year. Records of all less frequent routine checks, filter membrane test results and
logbooks on all non-routine matters shall be retained for at least 3 years. Other maintenance
records shall be retained for at least 1 year, or longer if still relevant to equipment condition
(e.g., major repair work or extension(s) to facilities).
Supply and distribution depot logs - 12 months from last dated record.
Laboratory quality control and product testing records and certificates - 10 years.
Local and international inspections and follow-up - 3 years or until all recommendations
have been closed out if longer.
Filtration differential pressure and membrane filtration (Millipore) records - a minimum of
either 3 years or current and previous change-out if longer.
Storage tank cleaning and maintenance records - life of tank + 6 years. If the tanks are
buried underground, these records shall be kept indefinitely.
Depot design, modification and major maintenance - life of depot + 10 years.
Underground pipeline design, modification and testing records - life of installation + 10
years.
20
EI12/059
3 MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE/NEW
PROCESSES
3.1
INTRODUCTION
Both DEF STAN 91-91 and ASTM D1655 highlight the need for refineries to conduct a
Management of Change (MoC) evaluation to include the impact of process changes,
including refinery process chemicals, on jet fuel performance to ensure that the finished fuel
remains fit-for-purpose. The industry recognized that product performance needed to be
included in MoC processes following a serious incident in Australia in 1999 where the
breakthrough of a refinery process chemical into the finished aviation fuel caused several
aircraft incidents, despite the fact that the finished fuel was in complete compliance with all
specification test limit requirements. Both specifications also require a MoC evaluation for
any changes in facilities and/or operating procedures at manufacturing locations, storage
installations and distribution systems to ensure product integrity is maintained.
The basic requirements of an MoC process are detailed in this chapter. Although it is
intended to be specifically applicable to refinery operations, the principles of MoC shall be
applied to all operations/installations downstream of refineries.
More detailed information can be found in ISO 31000 Risk management - Principles and
guidelines.
3.2
PRINCIPLES
All temporary and permanent changes shall be evaluated before the change is implemented,
and managed to ensure that risks arising from changes remain at acceptable levels.
There are practical reasons for managing change because when a change is introduced,
there may be increased risk of the fuel not meeting the specification requirements.
Implementing a MoC process provides a system to evaluate, authorize and document
changes and ensure proper closure after the changes are complete.
The process should apply to all permanent and temporary changes to organisation, staffing,
systems, procedures, equipment, products materials or substances.
The process requires competent personnel fulfilling clearly defined roles and responsibilities
with clearly defined technical authority levels for the approval of changes. Note: Personnel
with wide ranging areas of expertise should be involved so that all the hazards and
consequences can be listed and worked through.
Appropriate training, support and competency assessments should be provided for those
with accountabilities in the MoC process.
A register of all MoCs initiated should be established and used.
3.3
MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE PROCESS
The management of change process shall consider as a minimum the following before the
change is implemented:
21
EI12/059
is it a permanent, temporary or emergency change.

the duration of the change if applicable.
is it a like for like change? (Is any action required).
what are the hazards associated with the change?
will it be possible to control the risks associated with any new hazards?
will the risks associated with existing hazards change?
will the change adversely affect any existing risk controls?
what are the most appropriate controls to mitigate the risks associated with the change?
An action plan shall be developed, with assigned responsibilities and timelines identified,
and the change process documented.
For the review of the MoC process, see example in 3.6. The team should include all the
necessary knowledge and competency for the change proposal being evaluated/assessed.
Once approval for the change is given, a pre-implementation review should be carried out to
ensure that the plans and resources associated with implementing the change are in place.
Once the change has been made, a post implementation review shall be carried out to
ensure that all the actions have been completed and that the documentation, in particular
that defining procedures, has been updated.
3.4
MoC PROCESS IMPLEMENTATION
It has been documented in a number of incident investigations that the following activities
help support an effective MoC system:
a) Recognise change
Define safe limits for process conditions, variables, and activitiesand train personnel to
recognize significant changes. Combined with knowledge of established operating
procedures, this additional training will enable personnel to activate the MoC system
when appropriate.
b) Apply multidisciplinary and specialized expertise when analyzing changes
c) Hazard screening and risk analysis
Use appropriate hazard and risk analysis techniques.
d) Authorize changes at a level commensurate with risks and hazards.
e) Communicate the essential elements of new operating procedures in writing
f) Communicate potential hazards and safe operating limits in writing.
g) Provide training in new procedures commensurate with their complexity.
h) Conduct periodic audits to determine if the program is effective
3.5
SPECIFIC CHANGES
Specific changes that may have to be managed include, but are not limited to:
a) Change in crude or crude mix. Note: Although not necessarily communicated to the
crude user, it has been known for changes in oil field chemicals to impact aviation fuel
quality.
b) Introduction of new process(es) or product streams, or suspension of existing processes.
c) Change in process (change in hydroprocessing severity, catalyst exchange).
d) Change in process additives e.g. anti-corrosion additives.
e) Change in use of pipelines and tanks (see Annex C for specific requirements) impacting
e.g. segregation effectiveness, mixing/homogeneity, residence time, sampling facilities.
f) Importing of finished aviation fuel or blending components.
22
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
3.6
EI12/059
Introduction of new products e.g those containing biocomponents.

Start-up after shutdown maintenance.
Outsourcing.
Changing the Refinery from a manufacturing site to an import terminal.
Addition of additives.
EXAMPLE REVIEW PROCESS
An example process for crude and/or process additive changes is shown in this section. It is
based on a series of questions, all of which have to be answered. Other processes may be
equally acceptable. If any of the questions are answered with a Yes, record the required
action/mitigation measure.
Note: Further questions may need to be added to those listed.
Q1
Does the change relate to different processing or the use of different feedstock(s) to
produce jet?
Yes: go to Q2, Appearance. No: go to Q18, Additives.
Appearance
Q2 Could the change affect the visual appearance of the fuel?
- colour including tint, clear and bright.
Q3
Could the change affect the particulate content of the fuel new lines/pumps/risk of
surface active agents or condition of tank coatings?
Composition
Q4 Will the fuel still consist of a mixture of components approved by the relevant fuel
specification(s)?
HSE
Q5 Will the fuel meet relevant HSE requirements?
- MSDS (change required? benzene, toluene etc.)
- will hazard classification and labelling requirements be affected?.
Energy content/combustion
Q6 Are there any adverse effects on the energy content/combustion of the fuel?
- specific energy, density, smoke point, aromatics content.
- could any parameter become borderline/affect consistency of manufacture? Does
borderline need to be defined?
Flow properties
Q7 Are there any adverse effects on fuel cold flow properties?
- distillation, paraffin (alkane) composition, viscosity, freeze point (test product using
all approved methods)
- could any parameter become borderline/affect consistency of manufacture?
Fuel handling system compatibility
Q8 Could there be any issues concerning compatibility with aviation fuel supply systems,
airframes or aircraft engines?
- total acidity, copper strip corrosion, mercaptans and total sulphur, aromatics for seal
swell, metals content.
23
EI12/059
Fuel stability
Q9 Are there any issues concerning storage stability?
- existent gum, unsaturated species.
- oxidation tests?
- need to change anti-oxidant treat-rate?
Q10 Are there any issues of fuel thermal stability?
- JFTOT, high levels of N, S and O containing organic molecules e.g. indoles,
metals e.g. copper
- Change in breakpoint/borderline fuel?
Water separation
Q11 Is there any impact on water separation equipment e.g. filter/coalescers etc.?
- surfactants present, MSEP test
Lubricity
Q12 Is there any impact on fuel lubricity?
- heavily hydrotreated fuels, ultra-low sulphur fuels
- need for BOCLE testing?
Additives
Q13 If manufacture involves the utilisation of a new refinery stream, are any additives used
on the production units?
- are the additives approved for jet fuel?
- if unapproved additives are used, how will these be removed?
- what verification of control will be applied?
General considerations
Q14 Will the product meet the requirements of the relevant aviation fuel specification?
Q15 Will the product, if jet fuel, meet all fit-for-purpose requirements of the relevant aviation
fuel specification? (for further information see ASTM D4054).
Q16 Will the new product be fungible with standard product and acceptable for transport
route e.g. pipeline approval/specifications?
Q17 Will the product fall within the range that is typical as referenced in the CRC Aviation
fuels handbook?
Additives
Q18 Is the additive approved by the specification? Yes: go to Q19. No: go to Q21.
Q19 Are there any issues concerning additive shelf life?
Q20 Is the additive injection system reconciliation and record keeping satisfactory?
Non-approved additives
Q21 Is there relevant experience in the use of the additive? Identify chemicals that might be
increased, changed or introduced by a process change. (These are chemicals not
normally found in crude oil, or used in certified aviation fuel). Keep chemistry details in
a database to facilitate future assessments.
Q22 Is the traceability of the additive known? Use knowledge of refinery processes to
24
EI12/059
predict the flow path and fate of each refinery process chemical, based on
chemical/physical properties (e.g. boiling point, thermal decomposition temperature,
partition coefficients, etc.).
Q23 What is the potential impact on the specification properties and the fitness for purpose
of the jet fuel? The probability of breakthrough into the finished jet fuel, and the
consequence or impact of the chemicals on fuel performance should be fully risk
assessed and assigned an overall risk category. It shall identify whether additional
control/mitigation strategies are needed to reduce risk to an acceptable level.
Q24 What quality critical controls will be implemented? Establish corrective actions if the
process falls outside of control limits (e.g. if thermal decomposition in a hydrotreater is
the primary control, define operator response in the event of an unplanned
hydrotreater shutdown, such as divert unit feed out of the jet system to distillate
system)
Q25 Are there any issues concerning additive shelf life?
Q26 Is the additive injection system reconciliation and record keeping satisfactory?
25
EI12/059
4 SAMPLING AND TESTING OF AVIATION FUEL

4.1
GENERAL SAMPLING PRINCIPLES
4.1.1 It should be kept in mind at all times that the general goal of sampling is to obtain a
test aliquot that is representative; this is defined in ASTM D4057 as:
3.1.1.18 representative samplea portion extracted from the total volume that
contains the constituents in the same proportions that are present in that total
volume.
When the word composite is used to describe a sample, considerable caution should be
exercised, as the general term does require qualification in order to be specific. The type of
composite made and hence tested has a significant impact on the results obtained. This is
true for all hydrocarbons but has a special significance where aviation fuels are concerned
(see Table 1).
The various test methods developed for aviation fuels have specific instructions for
sampling. At the time of writing, the number of samples required for simple certification /
recertification / batching is both large and in many cases, impractical. Work is under way to
rationalise the situation, but the user should be aware that these very detailed and specific
requirements exist.
4.1.2
Samples should be drawn in duplicate sets, one for analysis one for retention. It may
be necessary in some circumstances, in shared systems or because of commercial
agreements, to draw three or more sets, but in general two sets should be sufficient.
4.1.3
The use of appropriate containers is vital to any successful sampling exercise. The
preferred containers are epoxy lined cans fitted with a secure threaded closure or new
borosilicate glass bottles fitted with polycone type closures. Containers made from other
materials may be suitable; see ASTM D4306 for advice. Because of the sensitivity of some
test results to the UV content of light, dark glass bottles, as well as clear glass bottles, are to
be kept in stock for use when sampling jet fuel.
4.1.4
Before use, all bottles and cans shall be thoroughly rinsed at least three times with
the fuel to be sampled to remove any residual chemicals on the inner surfaces.
Note: Laboratory preparation of sample bottles/cans should include rinsing with aviation fuel
of known quality that is within specification. It is not recommended for sample containers to
be washed using detergents owing to difficulties in ensuring that detergent residues are
removed.
4.1.5
Equipment used to draw samples shall be dedicated to aviation fuel. Sampling

equipment fabricated from copper or its alloys shall not be used for sampling jet fuel. Before
use, the sampling equipment shall be thoroughly rinsed with fuel to be sampled to remove
any residues and / or dust.
4.1.6
4.1.7 Only 100% natural fibre ropes or stainless steel cables should be used when
sampling aviation fuel. In both cases, when new they may retain surfactants used in
manufacturing and so before their first use they shall be soaked in fuel for at least 12 hours,
washed off in fresh, on-grade aviation fuel and then allowed to dry whilst hanging. This will
avoid any sample failure due to rope or chain contamination during the sampling process.
Note: If metal cables are used for sampling they require bonding to the storage structure.
26
EI12/059
4.1.8 All samples should be clearly labelled with the location and source, the date and time
of sampling, a unique reference number, the sample type, the grade of fuel, the batch
number and a means of identifying who drew the sample. The label shall be printed and
filled in with ink that does not run when exposed to either water or hydrocarbon.
Whenever samples are drawn, sufficient ullage shall be left in each bottle or can to
allow for safe handling of the sample (usually ca. 5 % of total volume, one inch or 2.5 cm is
enough).
4.1.9
4.1.10 A record shall be maintained of all samples taken.

4.2
NORMATIVE DOCUMENTS
4.2.1 Core documents

Those involved in sampling shall be familiar with the content of the following standards:
ISO 3170 Petroleum liquids - Manual sampling
ISO 3171 Petroleum liquids - Automatic sampling
ASTM D4057 Standard practice for manual sampling of petroleum and petroleum products
ASTM D5854 Standard practice for mixing and handling of liquid samples of petroleum and
petroleum products
ASTM D4177 Standard practice for automatic sampling of petroleum and petroleum
products
ASTM D4306 Standard practice for aviation fuel sample containers for tests affected by
trace contamination
4.2.2 Standard test methods which make reference to sampling
The following standard test methods include sampling instructions in addition to those
referenced in 4.2.1.
ASTM D5452/IP 423 Standard test method for particulate contamination in aviation fuels by
laboratory filtration
ASTM D5842 Standard practice for sampling and handing of fuels for volatility measurement
ASTM D2276/IP 216 Standard test method for particulate contaminant in aviation fuel by line
sampling
ASTM D4952 Standard test method for qualitative analysis for active sulfur species in fuels
and solvents (Doctor Test)
ASTM D2624/IP 274 Standard test methods for electrical conductivity of aviation and
distillate fuels
4.3
SAMPLING AND SAMPLES - TERMINOLOGY
To facilitate understanding, the definitions included in Table 1 apply in this publication.

Table 1 Sampling and samples terminology
All-level sample
Automatic sampler
sample obtained with an apparatus which accumulates the sample

while passing in one direction only through the total liquid height,
excluding any free water
a device used to extract a representative sample from the liquid
flowing in a pipe. NOTE The automatic sampler generally consists
of a probe, a sample extractor, an associated controller, a flow
measuring device, and a sample receiver.
27
Bottom sample
Bottom water sample
Closed sampling
Composite sample
EI12/059
a spot sample taken from the product at or close to the bottom of a

tank or container (see Figure 3).
a spot sample of free water taken from beneath the petroleum in a
tank
the process of taking samples within a tank under closed
conditions, which does not permit the release of any tank contents
or vapour to the atmosphere.
a sample obtained by combining a number of spot samples in
defined proportions so as to obtain a sample representative of the
bulk of the product
A composite sample may be prepared from individual samples
taken from the same tank or, in the case of marine vessels, all
tanks that contain the same material. When a composite is
required, it shall consist of proportional parts from each zone if it is
for a single tank. If the composite is for multiple tanks, it shall
consist of proportional parts from each tank sampled.
When a multiple tank composite sample is required, such as on
board ships and barges, it may be prepared from the samples
from different tanks containing the same material. In order for such
a composite tank sample to be representative of the material
contained in the various tanks, the quantity from the individual
samples used to prepare the composite tank sample shall be
proportional to the volumes in the corresponding tanks. In most
other compositing situations, equal volumes from the individual
samples shall be used.
The method of compositing should be documented and care taken
to preserve the integrity of the samples. Composites can normally
be best made in the laboratory. Therefore, samples to be
composited should be submitted to the laboratory along with a list
of each tank and the volume represented by each sample.
It is recommended that a portion of each tank sample be retained
separately (not composited) for retesting if necessary
It is possible to obtain three types of multiple tank composites:
a) Simple Weighted Composite: where each tank sampled is
represented in the final sample by a volume in the same
ratio as that tank volume (measured at the time of
sampling) is to the total measured in tank volume of all
tanks to be used in a particular movement.
b) Unweighted Composite (sometimes referred to as an
Aggregate Sample): where each tank sampled is
represented by an equal volume in the made composite,
irrespective of the volume contained and measured within
each tank and the total volume under consideration.
c) Batch or Parcel Weighted Composite: where account is
taken of the volumes that will actually be moved from each
tank as a batch is made up. It is common for instance, to
leave a working heel in a tank, and not empty it to dryness
when a movement is made. Similarly, when small vessels
such as barges re being loaded from a single large tank, if
28
EI12/059
the tank is layered at all, the average results obtained by

making a conventional composite may not fully represent
that which is loaded onto each individual barge.
Drain sample
Line sample
Lower sample
Middle sample
Open Sampling
Portable sampling
device (PSD)
Representative
sample
Restricted sampling
Running sample
Sample handling
Skim sample/ surface

sample
Spot sample
Still-well / guide pole /
still-pipe / soundingpipe / stand pipe
Suction-level sample /
outlet sample
tap sample / tank-side

sample
It is important that the compositing process is well documented

and fully transparent at each stage of the logistic chain.
a sample obtained from the water draw-off valve on a storage tank
a sample obtained from a line sampling point drawn while the
product is flowing
a spot sample taken at a level of five-sixths of the depth of liquid
below the top surface (see Figure 3).
a spot sample taken at a level of one-half of the depth of liquid
below the top surface (see Figure 3).
A process of taking traditional samples within a tank via an open
gauge hatch or gauging access point. NOTE If the tank ullage
space is pressurized, it will normally be necessary to use other
(closed or restricted) procedures to avoid de-pressurizing the tank
with the consequent loss of volatile organic compounds (VOCs)
a housing designed to provide a gas-tight connection to a vapourlock valve, which contains a restricted or closed system sampler
and is fitted with a tape or cable winding mechanism for lowering
and retrieving the sampler
a sample having its physical or chemical characteristics identical
to the volumetric average characteristics of the total volume being
sampled
The process of taking samples within a tank using equipment
which is designed to substantially reduce or minimize the vapour
losses that would occur during open sampling, but where the
equipment is not completely gas-tight
a sample obtained with an apparatus which accumulates the
sample while passing in both directions through the total liquid
height, excluding any free water. Note: For conventional samplers
it should be ensured that the container is not full when it returns to
the liquid surface.
Any conditioning, transferring, dividing and transporting of the
sample. NOTE Sample handling includes transferring the sample
from the primary sampling device to any secondary container, and
the transferring of subsamples to the laboratory apparatus in
which it is to be analyzed. (See ASTM D5854 for details).
a spot sample taken from the surface of the liquid (see Figure 3).
a sample taken at a specific location in a tank or from a flowing
stream in a pipe at a specific time
a vertical cylindrical pipe built into a tank to permit gauging
operations while reducing errors arising from turbulence or
agitation of the liquid. NOTE Samples taken from un-perforated or
un-slotted still-wells should not be used for custody transfer or
quality determination applications
a sample taken at the lowest level from which liquid hydrocarbon
is pumped from the tank (see Figure 3). NOTE In determining this
level, appropriate allowance shall be made for any fittings within
the tank such as swing-arm, suction baffle or internal bend.
a spot sample taken from a sample tap on the side of a tank. Note
tap samples / tank side samples shall always be drawn in such a
29

EHOLDER R
c
013
Test po
ortion
Top sample
Ullage
Upper s
sample
vapourr-lock valve
e/
vapourr control va
alve
Key
1 top sample
2 surfa
ace of fuel
3 skim sample
4 uppe
er sample
5 middle sample
EI12/059
manner that 1
1.5 times th
he dead volume betweeen the bu
ulk liquid
and
d the samplle point is drawn
d
off firrst and dispposed of be
efore the
sam
mple for use
e / analysis
s is drawn. On aviationn turbine fuel tanks
fitte
ed with this type of sam
mple facility
y the volumee between the bulk
liqu
uid and the sample point shall be marked neext to each sample
poin
nt.
The
e portion off a sample or subsample that is introduced into the
ana
alytical test apparatus
A spot
s
sample
e obtained 150 mm below
b
the ttop surface
e of the
liqu
uid (see Figu
ure 3).
The
e empty capacity left in a fixed volume sample
rece
eiver/contaiiner above the liquid su
urface
a spot sample
e taken at a level of one-sixth of the depth of liquid
belo
ow the top ssurface (see Figure 1)..
a de
evice fitted to the top of
o vapour-tig
ght or presssure tanks to permit
manual measu
urement an
nd/or samp
pling operattions to be carried
out without losss of pressure.
6 sucttion level or o
outlet sample
7 lowe
er sample
8 botttom sample
9 sum
mp sample
ple of spot sample po

ositions
Figure 3 Examp
4.4
SAMPLING
G TANKS FOR
F
BATCH
HING, CER
RTIFICATIO
ON OR REC
CERTIFICAT
TION
ank or tank
ks, due connsideration shall be
4.4.1 When designing a sampling regiime for a ta
o:
given to
30
EI12/059
a) Tank design: aviation turbine fuel can layer, stilling wells can, if circulation is slow, hold
unrepresentative fuel, and access may be limited. The sampler shall take into account
the basic requirement that the sample submitted for test shall be representative of the
bulk liquid.
b) The test to be performed. As stated earlier certain specific test methods call for samples
to be drawn in a special manner or placed into a specific container. This is particularly
important when a marginal or failed laboratory test has been reported and a fresh
sample is being drawn to validate the finding.
c) The commercial agreements to be satisfied. It may be that contractual agreements are in
place that require extra samples to be drawn from tanks and either placed on board the
ship, retained for a specific time or forwarded to some third party for testing. It is
important that the sampler is aware of any such contractual stipulations before the
sampling regime is drawn up.
4.4.2
The basic set of samples to be drawn from any bulk fuel storage tank will consist of:
a) Firstly, a spot sample from the water drain taken to establish that all free water has been
drained off.
b) Either a 1 litre or 1 USQ clear glass bottle from each of the upper, middle and lower
levels of the bulk liquid.
c) Either a 5 litre or 1 US Gallon running sample drawn and placed into an epoxy lined can.
Note, as stated in 4.1.3, such samples should be drawn in duplicate at least, and further
sets may be required in line with contractual or other conditions prevailing in the specific
circumstances.
4.5
SAMPLING TANKS IN ANY MARINE VESSEL
4.5.1 When designing a sampling regime for a tank or tanks on board a marine vessel, due
consideration shall be given to:
a) Tank design: on board ships, access may be limited. The sampler shall take into account
the basic requirement that the sample submitted for test shall be representative of the
bulk liquid. It is important that the sampler appreciates and guards against contamination
of samples drawn under closed loading conditions through vapour lock valves as the
under deck guide tubes are known to pose issues with respect to both particulates and
residual additive contamination.
b) The test to be performed. As stated earlier, certain specific test methods call for samples
to be drawn in a special manner, or placed into a specific container. This is particularly
important when a marginal or failed laboratory test has been reported and a fresh
sample is being drawn to validate the finding.
c) The commercial agreements to be satisfied. It may be that contractual agreements are in
place that require extra samples to be drawn from tanks and either placed on board the
ship, retained for a specific time or forwarded to some third party for testing. It is
important that the sampler is aware of any such contractual stipulations before the
sampling regime is drawn up.
4.5.2 The basic set of samples to be drawn from any marine vessel will consist of either a
1L or 1 USQ, clear glass bottle running sample from the bulk liquid in each tank. If, due to
closed loading, running samples cannot be drawn, the Upper, Middle and Lower samples of
500 ml or 1 pint may be substituted. If the vessel or parcel consists of less than four ships
tanks, quantities shall be doubled to allow sufficient volumes to be composited.
Note, as stated in 4.1.3, such samples should be drawn in duplicate at least, and further sets
may be required in line with contractual or other conditions prevailing in the specific
circumstances.
31
EI12/059
When making up a MTC, running samples from a maximum of seven compartments can be
combined.
4.6
SAMPLE TESTING
4.6.1 Fuel quality testing philosophy

a) Full specification testing is normally performed only at the point of manufacture, or where
a mixture of several batches is being re-batched and a CoA generated. In a refinery, a batch
of fuel is tested against the specification and a RCQ is produced. Provided the integrity of
the batch is maintained (e.g. that there has been no contamination with another product),
subsequent testing is restricted to ensure that the quality of the fuel has not changed.
b) If a batch of aviation fuel is transported in a multiproduct system where contamination with
other products is possible, a Recertification Test is performed. This comprises an agreed
standard shortened version of the full specification and focuses on parameters sensitive to
contamination. The results of recertification testing are compared with the original RCQ(s) or
CoA(s) to check that the quality has not changed significantly. This is a more powerful tool
for detecting contamination than simply testing against the specification.
c) When batch traceability or integrity is lost, for example, when several batches are mixed
in a system in unknown proportions, or where more than three batches are added to the heel
in a tank (where the heel is less than 3% of the total volume), it is necessary to retest the
new batch against the complete specification and produce a CoA. In this case, the presence
and concentration of additives is unknown and there is less potential for detecting
contamination because the full analysis is compared with the specification rather than with
the original analysis. RCQs (and/or CoAs as appropriate) are required to be available for all
components that make up the new batch.
d) In cases where fuel is transported in dedicated systems to ensure that there should be no
chance of contamination, it is necessary to perform only a Control Check (appearance and
density) together with conductivity (if SDA is added). The measured density (corrected to the
standard reference temperature, usually 15C) is compared with the original density of the
batch as a confirmation that no bulk contamination has occurred from a breakdown in the
QA controls.
e) If any test results indicate that the sample does not comply with the applicable
specification, or that contamination has occurred, the product shall be immediately
quarantined and remain under quarantine until further investigation has established that the
quality is satisfactory, or if the product needs to be downgraded.
4.6.2
Sample containers
4.6.2.1 Laboratory sample containers

Glass or metal, or certain types of plastic container (see ASTM D4306) shall be used for
laboratory testing or for retention samples.
All containers shall be either new, or in a clean condition.
Steel containers shall be of a suitable design, preferably internally lined with a suitable
epoxy coating. Aluminium (unlined) containers are also suitable. Plastic containers may
be used only after examples of the constructional material have been confirmed to be
compatible with the product(s) to be stored (in accordance with ASTM D4306).
New containers should be soaked with aviation fuel prior to their use.
Containers, even when new, should be carefully rinsed at least three times with the
product to be sampled (in accordance with ASTM D4306); this is critical, particularly in
the case of Microseparometer (MSEP) testing.
32
EI12/059
4.6.2.2 Field sampling containers

Clear, scrupulously clean (inside and outside) glass jars of at least 1 litre (1 USQ) capacity
with wide necks and screw caps should be used for product examination for Appearance
Checks. Closed sampling clear glass containers or visijars may also be used.
To assess bulk contamination by dirt or water a bucket may be used, which should be
manufactured from good quality stainless steel or lined with white enamel. The enamel lining
shall be no thicker than 2mm (0.08) in order to allow static charges to dissipate. Buckets
shall be equipped with an effective bonding cable and clip.
4.6.3 Packaging for air transport
Containers for the transportation of samples by air shall be of an International Civil Aviation
Organisation (ICAO) approved design and shall be dispatched in accordance with the latest
edition of the ICAO Technical instructions for the safe transport of dangerous goods by air
and IATA Dangerous goods regulations.
4.6.4 RCQ testing
RCQ testing covers all tests required by the relevant fuel specification.
Sample quantity required:
Jet Fuel: 8 litres (2 USG) minimum (Upper, Middle, Lower samples x 1 litre (1 USQ) each,
+5 litre (5 USQ) composite)
Avgas:
25 litres (7 USG) (Upper, Middle, Lower samples x 1 litre (1 USQ) each,
+composite)
4.6.5 CoA testing
CoA testing covers all tests required by the latest issue of the relevant specification.
+5 litre (5 USQ)composite)
Avgas:
25 litres (7 USG) (Upper, Middle, Lower samples x 1 litre (1 USQ) each,
+composite)
4.6.6
Recertification testing
Recertification Test requirements are as shown in Table 2.

+5 litre (5 USQ)composite)
Avgas:
25 litres (7 USG) (Upper, Middle, Lower samples x 1 litre each (1 USQ),
+composite)
33
EI12/059
Table 2 - Recertification test requirements

Test
Jet fuel
Avgas
Appearance/Colour
Saybolt Colour
Distillation
Flashpoint
Density @ 15C
Reid Vapour Pressure
Freezing Point
Corrosion (copper)
Existent Gum
Lead Content
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Knock Rating (Motor Method) Lean

Conductivity and temperature
MSEP
Thermal Stability
(1) if contamination with leaded fuel is possible;

(2) to be carried out on bulk stock in storage, or immediately after
taking a sample from bulk storage.
(3) This test shall be performed where, contrary to recommended
practice, Jet A-1 is received from ships equipped with copper
pipework in their cargo tanks.
The results of all Recertification Tests shall be documented in accordance with the forms
included as Annex D, and checked to confirm that:
the specification limits are met;
no significant changes have occurred in any of the properties.
If results of Recertification Tests do not meet specification limits, see chapter 5 and Annex E.
The results of all Recertification Tests shall be compared with the expected calculated
results from a weighted average of the last previous analysis made on the fuel (e.g. with a
Refinery RCQ or previous CoA or previous RTC), as well as being reviewed for compliance
with the specification limits. If any test results indicate that the sample is outside the
allowable test variance, the product shall be immediately quarantined and remain under
quarantine until further investigation has established that the quality is acceptable (e.g. by
CoA testing) for aviation use, or if it needs to be downgraded to non-aviation use.
The check shall be carried out by recording all relevant details on forms of the type shown in
Annex D. Acceptable differences are given on the forms.
34
EI12/059
In circumstances where more than one new batch is received into a tank:
the comparison shall be based on calculated values taking into account the amount of
each batch in the tank;
if more than three new batches are received into a tank, the contents of the tank shall be
tested against all the requirements of the specification to produce a CoA. In such cases
no comparison with previous data is required.
4.6.7 Periodic test
Test requirements for the Periodic Test are as shown in Table 3.
Jet Fuel: 3 litres (3 USQ) minimum (Upper, Middle, Lower samples x1 litre (1 USQ) to
make a composite)
Avgas:
3 litres (3 USQ) (Upper, Middle, Lower samples x1 litre (1 USQ) to make a
composite)
Table 3: Periodic test requirements
Test
Jet Fuel
Avgas
Appearance/Colour
Saybolt Colour
Distillation
Flashpoint
Density @ 15oC
Reid Vapour Pressure
Corrosion (copper)
Existent Gum
Lead Content
Knock Rating (Motor Method) Lean
Note 1
MSEP
Thermal Stability
Conductivity and temperature
(1) To be carried out on bulk stock in storage or immediately after

taking a sample from bulk storage.
All results shall be recorded on forms of the type shown in Annex D. Acceptable differences
are given on the forms.
The results of all periodic tests should be checked carefully against previous analysis reports
to confirm that no significant changes have occurred, taking note of the comments for
Recertification Testing.
35
EI12/059
4.6.8 Testing for presence of FAME in jet fuel

Fatty Acid Methyl Ester (FAME), deriving from biodiesel fuel, may be present due to
carryover or cross-contamination within the common unsegregated fuel distribution system.
A risk assessment shall be undertaken to quantify the potential risk of FAME carryover in all
supply chains. Where such assessments indicate that there could be a potential risk of
FAME carryover in jet fuel supplies, additional quality assurance procedures shall be
introduced to increase control. Where the risks of FAME carryover are assessed to be high
and difficult to control with additional quality assurance procedures, testing prior to release
(using IP 585 or IP 590) shall be instigated. Note: IP 585 is the primary reference method.
4.6.9
Field tests
4.6.9.1 Appearance check (clear and bright)

Aviation fuel shall be checked to confirm that it is of the correct colour and is visually clear,
bright and free from solid matter and undissolved water at normal ambient temperature. Test
requirements are as shown in Table 4.
1 litre after flushing sampling line.
Table 4: Appearance check requirements
Test
Jet fuel
Avgas
Colour (visual)
Solid matter (visual)
Water (visual)
The following should be considered for the Appearance Check:

Swirling the sample. Creating a vortex concentrates any contaminants in the middle of
the bottom of the jar, facilitating the assessment.
Colour. The colour of jet fuels may vary, usually in the range from water white to straw
yellow. The various grades of aviation gasoline are dyed to aid recognition.
Undissolved water (free water) will appear as droplets on the sides, or as bulk water on
the bottom, of the sample jar. In jet fuel it can also appear as a cloud or haze
(suspended water).
Solid matter (particulate matter), generally consisting of small amounts of rust, sand,
dust, scale etc., suspended in the fuel or settled out on the bottom of the jar.
The terms Clear and Bright are independent of the natural colour of fuel. Clear
refers to the absence of sediment or emulsion. Bright refers to the sparkling
appearance of fuel having no cloud or haze.
In addition to the Appearance Check, chemical water detectors can be used for the detection
of free water. Only those detectors listed in IATA Guidance Material should be used. For
further information see EI 1550 Handbook on equipment used for the maintenance and
delivery of clean aviation fuel.
4.6.9.2 Control check
This is an Appearance Check plus fuel density determination. The Control Check is carried
out to confirm that no bulk contamination has occurred, by comparison of the density result
with the value shown on the documentation (corrected to standard temperature conditions).
The two values shall not differ by more than 3 kg/m3. If they do, then contamination should
be suspected and the matter shall be investigated.
36
EI12/059
4.6.9.3 Membrane filtration test

This test shall be carried out and evaluated in accordance with ASTM D2276/IP216 or ASTM
D5452 using the colour standards incorporated in those methods. Colour shall be recorded
on a wet and dry basis. For further information see EI 1550.
Double (matched weight or preweighed) 0.8 micron membranes are used for gravimetric
tests. Colorimetric tests are normally performed with a single membrane. Double
(unweighed) colorimetric membranes may also be used in certain circumstances. The
quantity of fuel passed through the membranes used in both colour and gravimetric
determinations shall be 5 litres (5 USQ).
4.6.9.4 Conductivity test
This test shall be carried out in accordance with ASTM D2624 or IP274 procedures, using a
suitable conductivity meter.
37
EI12/059
5 LABORATORIES
5.1
LABORATORY QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
Appropriate quality assurance processes for laboratory activities are detailed in a large
number of standards, as listed in Part A of EI Guidance on development, implementation
and improvement of quality systems in petroleum laboratories. Specific requirements for
petroleum laboratories are described in Part B of EI Guidance on development,
implementation and improvement of quality systems in petroleum laboratories; and ASTM
D6792 Standard practice for quality system in petroleum products and lubricants testing
laboratories.
Laboratories engaged in the testing and certification of aviation fuels shall adopt quality
control and assurance standards establishing and maintaining a documented quality system
that is appropriate to the testing facilities.
To support the documented system the laboratory should:
comply with EN ISO/IEC 17025 on General requirements for the competence of testing
and calibration laboratories; and
participate in external quality assurance schemes (EQA).
In addition to establishing and maintaining a documented quality system that is appropriate
to the testing activities, the laboratory shall:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
Have managerial staff with the authority and resources needed to discharge their duties
and meet the requirements of the standards in the quality manual.
Have a technical manager or leader who is accountable for technical operations.
Specify and document the responsibility, training and authority of all personnel who
manage, perform or verify work affecting the validity of the aviation fuel analysis.
Have written job descriptions for personnel: to include responsibilities, duties and skills;
have a documented training programme for qualifying all technical laboratory personnel,
and have a documented programme to ensure technical qualifications are maintained
through continuing education.
Maintain records on the relevant qualifications, training, skills and experience of the
technical personnel involved in all aspects of aviation fuel testing and certification.
Follow written analytical procedures approved by the laboratory management/technical
manager.
Have a standard operating protocol for each analytical technique used that follows
current editions of the methods detailed in the relevant fuel specification.
Use equipment suitable for the methods employed and as detailed in the relevant fuel
specification.
Follow a documented programme to ensure that instruments and equipment are
properly maintained. New instruments and equipment, or instruments and equipment
that have undergone repair or maintenance, shall be calibrated before being used in
testing of aviation fuel. Written records or logs shall be maintained for maintenance
service performed on instruments and equipment.
Participate in comparative testing through statistically meaningful cross
check/correlation schemes such as those run by the EI and ASTM. This shall include
performance assessment by a designated and competent person, and the
implementation of measures to improve performance. For further information see EI
Guidelines on development, implementation and improvement of quality systems in
petroleum laboratories.
Record all basic data used to generate a test result.
38
EI12/059
l) Have traceable records of any additive quantities reported on test certificates.

m) Establish and monitor the competency of any sub-contracted third party laboratories.
For further information, see EI Guidelines on development, implementation and improvement
of quality systems in petroleum laboratories.
5.2
RCQ TESTING
Certification testing of product from refinery tanks to confirm that the fuel is on specification,
and enable the issue of a RCQ, can be carried be out by a laboratory owned/operated by the
refinery operator, or by a third party laboratory. However, in all cases the refinery is
accountable for the reported results and certification.
5.3
AUTHORISED SIGNATORIES
The laboratory shall implement a documented process for authorising signatories for
reports/certification for aviation fuel analysis for release to clients/third parties.
The key requirements of the process are:
Having a documented process for qualification as an authorised signatory
Needing to maintain an up to date Data Release Signature Register
Having an auditable record of a checking/validation procedure.
For further information see Annex B. For details of electronic signatures see 9.6.3.
5.4
TEST METHOD VALIDATION
Test Method validation confirms that the analytical procedure employed for a specific test is
suitable for its intended use.
For all methods the laboratory shall satisfy itself that the degree of validation is adequate for
the required purpose, and that the laboratory is able to match any stated performance data.
For routine analysis, a Statistical Quality Control (SQC) plan should be developed. This plan
should ensure that the method, together with the equipment, delivers consistently accurate
results. It is recommended that SQC should be implemented through LIMS and provide a
basis for interactively scheduling, recording and checking analytical results against quality
standards.
of quality systems in petroleum laboratories, section 5.6 Assuring the validity of test results.
5.5
SOFTWARE AND COMPUTER SYSTEM VALIDATION
Validation of laboratory computer systems and software should be carried out when the
software is developed, configured, or customized by the user.
For further details on validation for different software and system risk categories see
EUROLAB Management of computers and software in laboratories with reference to
ISO/IEC 17025:2005.
39
5.6
EI12/059
EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION
Laboratories shall ensure adequate equipment function and performance before and during
sample measurement.
Laboratories shall have a documented programme for calibration and verification of
instruments and equipment. Where available and appropriate, standards traceable to
Certified Reference Materials (CRMs) shall be used for the calibration.
Where traceability to CRMs is not applicable, the laboratory shall provide satisfactory
evidence of correlation of results through check samples and proficiency schemes.
For further information on the use of reference materials, see EI Guidelines on development,
implementation and improvement of quality systems in petroleum laboratories, section 7 The
use of reference materials in method calibration, validation and quality control.
The frequency of the calibration shall be documented for each instrument requiring
calibration. Equipment should be labelled with the status, as well as the dates of last and
next calibrations.
5.7
DOCUMENT CONTROL (STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS)
Only those test methods specified in the relevant aviation fuel specification shall be used for
certification testing.
Laboratories shall have in place a process to ensure only latest/current versions of test
methods and fuel specifications are used/followed.
Note: IP Standard Test Methods and ASTM Test Methods may be updated regularly
throughout the year, not only when collectively published in the annual Standard Test
Methods volumes.
For proper and consistent use, staff shall be provided with access to the latest issue of
standards and specification(s).
Where supplementary instructions, such as use of particular models of instrument or
information on local SQC, are to be followed, the laboratory shall ensure that the option
chosen will be selected consistently, irrespective of the person doing the selecting.
5.8
TRAINING
Attaining and maintaining competence of staff is critical to ensuring the quality of work being
undertaken in the laboratory. Management shall be responsible for ensuring that staff have
the appropriate education, qualifications, training, experience and/or demonstrated skills,
required to carry out testing, calibration and other skilled tasks.
A training procedure shall be established that includes:
a. An Induction process.
b. Identified trainers.
c. Detailed individual training and assessment records for each method signed by trainee
and trainer confirming competence.
d. A record of what is covered in any training and applicable training sample results.
e. Regular reassessment of individual operators to identify training needs.
f. Procedures for retraining if method changes or after issues with correlation schemes.
g. Levels of competence and how each one is achieved:
i.
Technician
40
ii.
iii.
iv.
EI12/059
Authorised Signatories
Trainer
Quality assurance manager
A designated person shall be responsible for keeping staff training records up-to-date.
of quality systems in petroleum laboratories, section 8 Training and competence
requirements of staff.
5.9
RETENTION SAMPLES
Retention samples are required to be kept by the owners of the facilities. If retention samples
are to be kept by a laboratory, sealed, epoxy-lined cans should be used. If bottles are used,
they shall be kept in the dark.
Retention periods should be established to suit local regulations. As a minimum, retention
samples for each tank shall be available for the current and the previous product batch
(typical retention periods are 90 days for refineries/laboratories and 30 days for direct supply
storage installations). Retention samples shall be sealed and clearly labelled with the date,
tank and batch number.
5.10
SAMPLE HANDLING AND SAMPLE CONTAINERS AT LABORATORIES
In the event that a laboratory receiving samples considers the samples as inappropriate, the
customer shall be notified immediately.
Procedures shall be established to maintain sample integrity, in particular if portions of the
original sample are transferred to other sample containers prior to testing. ASTM D4306
Standard practice for aviation fuel sample containers for tests affected by trace
contamination details the preferred sample containers and their preparation.
of quality systems in petroleum laboratories, section 5.4 Sample handling at the laboratory
prior to analysis.
5.11
DATA INTEGRITY MANAGEMENT
In the event that a laboratory test result does not meet specification, the steps in Annex E,
Figure E.1 or E.2 (depending on whether the relevant test method has a precision
statement) shall be followed.
In the event of a dispute over a reported test value, the guidelines presented in the most
recent version of ISO 4259 Petroleum products - Determination and application of precision
data in relation to methods of test should be used to determine the acceptance or rejection
of the sample.
Laboratories shall have in place a procedure for investigating and documenting any disputed
results. This procedure should require analysis of the data, allocation of resources for
corrective actions, and conclusions.
5.12
DOCUMENTATION
As a minimum, Laboratories shall maintain the following documentation relating to the

testing of aviation fuel:
41
EI12/059
All documentation that supports their quality system;

Comparative testing through recognized cross check/correlation schemes such as those
run by the EI and ASTM.
A more complete list of documentation and recording requirements is given in 5.1.

Where the laboratory has undertaken the issue of either CoA or RTC, all documents
required to meet Traceability criteria shall be available. These may include:
RCQ;
CoA;
RTC.
Laboratories should be able to support secure electronic distribution of documents through
the supply chain.
42
EI12/059
6 REFINERIES: MANUFACTURE
6.1
SCOPE AND APPLICATION
This chapter describes the overall philosophy and objectives applying to aviation fuel
manufacture, the necessary controls to be put in place, and the precautions to be taken, to
ensure that only fully on-specification and fit-for-purpose aviation fuel is produced by the
refinery and supplied into the downstream distribution system.
It is not the intention of this chapter to prescribe, in detail, how to manufacture aviation fuels
in a refinery using various processing units.
ON-SPECIFICATION
Fuel specifications contain a table (or tables) of fuel property requirements, with
their minimum and/or maximum allowable values. However, in addition to the
table of properties, fuel specifications also contain numerous requirements
related to permitted materials (both fuel components and additives), quality
assurance, management of change, testing and documentation (traceability), and
cleanliness, which are designed to ensure that fuel delivered to aircraft is fit-forpurpose.
A declaration of on specification or meeting the specification confirms
that the various maximum/minimum limits for fuel property tests have been
met, and all other requirements of the specification have been satisfied.
For refineries manufacturing jet fuel, there is a key question that needs to be asked - is the
refinery confident that the product is manufactured to meet the full requirements of the fuel
standard or specification (and any additional contractual requirements)? For example:
What grade is being supplied?
What standard/specification for that grade is being used and is it the latest version?
Is/are the manufacturing process(es) suitable?
Is/are the manufacturing process(es) operated and controlled in such a way that
non-hydrocarbon species (including process additives) are kept out of the fuel?
Are only approved additives used? Are they dosed correctly?
Are there Management of Change procedures in place to assess the impact of process
and feedstock changes? Has the end use of the product been considered?
Is there adequate record keeping and documentation?
At every step in the process of manufacturing aviation fuel, the manufacturer should always
be aware of the end of use of the product, and of the potentially catastrophic consequences
that could ensue from poor quality fuel.
The requirements discussed in this chapter apply primarily to the manufacture of the main
grades of aviation turbine fuel Jet A-1 and Jet A. However, the philosophy behind them
and the principles invoked apply equally to other grades of aviation jet fuel, and aviation
gasoline (Avgas).
6.2
AVIATION FUEL STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Refineries manufacturing aviation fuels shall ensure they have up-to-date copies of the
standard(s)/specification(s) against which they manufacture the product(s), and of the
laboratory test methods used to certify these products (refer chapter 5). Manufacturing
companies shall have a system in place such that whenever there is an amendment to or a
43
EI12/059
re-issue of a standard/specification and/or test method, the refinery will be informed of these
changes and copies of the latest documents will be supplied to the appropriate production
and laboratory focal point(s), together with an explanation of the impact of the changes and
the timeframe for their implementation.
The principal standards/specifications that apply to aviation turbine fuel manufacture are:
DEF STAN 91-91 Turbine fuel, kerosine type, Jet A-1, NATO code: F-35, joint service
designation: AVTUR, and
ASTM D1655 Standard specification for aviation turbine fuels (covers both Jet A and Jet
A-1 grades).
Copies of the specifications cited above can be obtained from the following authorities:
DEF STAN specifications
Ministry of Defence
Directorate of Standardisation
Kentigern House
65 Brown Street
Glasgow G2 8EX
UK
Phone
+44 141 224 2496
Fax
+44 141 224 2503
Website http://www.dstan.mod.uk/
(all DEF STAN specifications are freely available from this web site).
ASTM International specifications
ASTM specifications are published annually in the ASTM Book of Standards, Section 5
(in printed copy and CD). Copies are available from:
ASTM International
100 Barr Harbor Drive
West Conshohocken
PA 19428-2959
USA
Phone
+1 610 832 9585
Fax
+1 610 832 9555
Website http://www.astm.org/
As civil jet fuel supply arrangements became more complex, involving co-mingling of product
in joint storage facilities, a number of fuel suppliers developed a document which became
known as the Aviation Fuel Quality Requirements for Jointly Operated Systems (AFQRJOS),
Check List. The Check List represents the most stringent requirements of the DEF STAN
and ASTM specifications for Jet A-1, plus some handling related sections of the IATA
Guidance Material Part 3 applicable at time of delivery to aircraft. Thus, any product meeting
Check List requirements will also meet either DEF STAN 91-91 or ASTM D1655 Jet A-1
specifications.
The Check List is maintained on behalf of the industry by the Joint Inspection Group (JIG)
Product Quality Committee, comprising eight of the international aviation fuel suppliers BP,
Chevron, ENI, ExxonMobil, Kuwait Petroleum, Shell, Statoil, and Total. It is used as the
basis of their international supply of virtually all civil aviation fuels outside North America.
The AFQRJOS Check List can be downloaded from the JIG website
(www.jointinspectiongroup.org or www.jigonline.com).
Other national aviation fuel specifications exist that are approved by the major engine and
airframe manufacturers and are in use in some locations around the world. The choice of
44
EI12/059
fuel specification will be determined by the contractual conditions under which the fuel
produced in the refinery is purchased and supplied. EI 1530 references DEF STAN 91-91
and ASTM D1655 as its source specifications, but the requirements herein apply whichever
aviation fuel specification is employed in a refinery.
6.3
FUEL COMPONENTS USED IN AVIATION FUEL MANUFACTURE
The fuel specification requirement is that aviation fuel shall consist only of hydrocarbons and
approved additives. Specifically, the Materials section of DEF STAN 91-91 (Issue 7) states:
Jet fuel, except as otherwise specified in this specification, shall consist predominantly
of refined hydrocarbons derived from conventional sources including crude oil, natural
gas liquid condensates, heavy oil, shale oil, and oil sands. (Note: conventionally refined
jet fuel contains trace levels of materials that are not hydrocarbons including oxygenates,
organosulphur and nitrogenous compounds).
Fuels containing synthetic components derived from non-petroleum sources are only
permitted provided that they meet certain requirements defined in the specification (see
chapter 11).
A large variety of hydrocarbons boiling in the kerosine boiling range can be manufactured in
a refinery but not all of these rundown streams may be suitable for jet fuel production.
There are no regulatory objections to the following components being used for jet fuel
production and they have traditionally been used without major concerns with respect to their
being fit for purpose:
Straight-run kerosine.
Wet treated/chemically sweetened kerosine (e.g. Merox, caustic treatment).
Hydrotreated kerosine (source: straight run or thermally cracked streams).
Severely hydrotreated or hydrocracked kerosine.
Other kerosine range components such as hydrotreated catalytically-cracked components
(including heavy catalytically cracked gasoline/naphtha and light catalytically cracked cycle
oils), straight run kerosine streams modified by extraction of either paraffins or aromatics,
and coker kerosene, while technically permitted under the specification wording, present an
increased risk to product integrity if incorrectly handled. The main concerns for the cracked
components, and blends which include them, are with their potentially poorer thermal and
storage stability (as a result of the degree of unsaturation and hence increased chemical
reactivity). This may not manifest itself as an issue until later in the distribution system.
Before seeking to utilise previously untested streams in final product, the refinery shall
conduct a Management of Change (MoC) process (see chapter 3), to include the generation
of data (including long-term thermal stability) necessary for assessment of the suitability of
the new component, including its impact on the airframe and engine.
Certain synthetic kerosine components are permitted in jet fuel manufacture but only after
they have undergone an approval process. Refer to chapter 11 for full details.
For fuel manufactured to DEF STAN 91-91 the percentage of each component (e.g. nonhydroprocessed, mildly hydrotreated, severely hydrotreated and synthetic) in a jet fuel blend
shall be reported on the RCQ.
Ultimately, when a refinery/manufacturer certifies a batch of fuel as meeting the
specification, it is taking responsibility for the composition of the batch (and subsequent
batching that relies on the RCQ). This is particularly significant when a refinery has imported
45
EI12/059
blending components (see 8.2).

In DEF STAN 91-91 Annex J there is a clear obligation for fuels to meet the requirements of
the specification including showing traceability to the point of manufacture.
6.4
MONITORING OF REFINERY PROCESSES
The continuous and effective monitoring of all refinery processes, including trend analysis, is
an essential requirement to ensure that the quality of the aviation fuel produced is always
acceptable. In addition, an effective Management of Change (MoC) process shall be
employed to assess the effects of proposed changes to refinery processes (involving
hardware/equipment, operating parameters, chemical usage, novel feedstocks, etc.).
Comprehensive records shall be kept to maintain a link between processing conditions and
final product quality. Such records could be of great significance to any investigation of an
aircraft incident where fuel quality might be called into question.
6.4.1 Controlling ingress of non-hydrocarbons
To satisfy the specification requirement that aviation fuels consist solely of hydrocarbons and
approved additives; refineries shall ensure that their manufacturing facilities and procedures
are such that non-hydrocarbon ingress and carry-over is controlled. These non-hydrocarbon
contaminants can be divided into two types:
Incidental* materials are chemicals and compositions that can occur in aviation fuels as
a result of refinery production, processing, distribution, or storage. Examples are refinery
process chemicals, FAME (biodiesel), and copper or other metals in soluble form. They
differ from adventitious materials (see the next definition) in that, once in the fuel, they
are homogeneous and cannot be easily removed. In refinery processing (and in multiproduct distribution systems), contamination of aviation fuel with trace levels of incidental
materials is unavoidable from a practical point of view. However, it is essential to design
facilities and to adopt practices to ensure that ingress of incidental material into aviation
fuel is eliminated, or minimised as far as practicable. Jet fuel specifications (e.g. ASTM
D1655, DEF STAN 91-91) are now beginning to include maximum limits for specific
incidental materials (e.g. FAME).
Adventitious* Materials are solid or liquid contaminants that can be picked up by
aviation fuels during storage and handling (including in refineries), and distribution.
Examples are rust, dirt, free (undissolved) water, salt and microbiological growths. Other
possible sources of particulate contaminants within the refinery include catalyst fines or
clay particles carried over from clay treaters. Unlike incidental materials (see the
previous definition), which are homogeneous, adventitious materials such as dirt, water
and rust are heterogeneous, and can be removed from aviation fuels by appropriate
settling and filtration/separation.
However, preventing adventitious material
contamination in the first place, by implementing appropriate design and construction of
facilities coupled with good operational and housekeeping practices in storage and
handling, should be the primary objective rather than relying on clean-up further
downstream. This is particularly true for microbiological contamination.
*Incidental (adj.) not essential; liable to happen
*Adventitious (adj.) coming from another source; accidental; casual
Contamination with non-hydrocarbon materials within a refinery can occur through either
mechanical/hardware or chemical routes, as described in 6.4.2 and 6.4.3.
46
6.4.2
EI12/059
Hardware integrity
Contamination of jet fuel with incidental or adventitious materials within the refinery can
occur due to deficiencies in the hardware. Examples are:
Poor housekeeping, including incorrectly fitted tank access chamber covers, worn seals
etc.
Leakage across heat exchangers due to corrosion
Wear debris from pumps
Leakage across valves allowing inter-product contamination
Undrainable low points in piping leading to contamination with water/rust.
Storage and handling facilities that do not comply with chapter 9.
Refineries shall have an appropriate maintenance and/or monitoring programme in place to
ensure hardware integrity so that such contamination does not occur.
When changes in refinery hardware/piping are being contemplated, a pre-construction
review should be carried out to ensure that unsuitable materials (e.g. copper and zinc) are
not used in locations where contact with aviation fuel is likely.
6.4.3 Refinery chemicals
Refinery chemicals and additives used in various manufacturing processes in the refinery
are not classed as approved additives for aviation fuel and therefore every effort shall be
made to ensure that they do not pass through into the finished product. Some generic
examples are shown in Table 5.
Table 5 Generic examples of refinery chemicals
Crude: flow/ pour point improvers, desalter chemicals, etc.
Process: corrosion inhibitor chemicals (amine based chemicals), chemical
scavengers, antioxidants, etc.
Leak Tracers: radioactive and non-radioactive tracer chemicals
Additives and chemicals in aqueous systems: (DI water / boiler feed water),
caustic treaters, etc., which can migrate into the fuel.
For currently used additives the probability of breakthrough into the finished jet fuel, and the
consequence or impact of the chemicals on fuel performance should have been risk
assessed and appropriate control/mitigation procedures established.
If chemicals are changed or their concentrations increased, a MoC (chapter 3) shall be
carried out.
Note that refinery process chemicals, which have been risk assessed and a no-harm level or
non-detect level established, are classified as Incidental Materials in aviation fuel
specifications.
6.4.4 Process controls
Experience has shown that aircraft fuel-related problems can often be traced back to refinery
processing deficiencies. Table 6 shows examples of the fuel properties most likely to be
compromised by different refinery processes.
47
EI12/059
Table 6 Impact of refinery processes on fuel properties

Refinery Process
Straight-run
(untreated)
Hydrotreatment/
hydrocracking
Sensitive fuel properties

Mercaptan sulphur, acidity,
thermal stability, odour,
colour
water separation properties,
conductivity response
Salt content
Corrosivity (H2S)
Peroxidation
Thermal stability
Wet treatments
Caustic wash
(including use of
sweetening unit
without reactor step)
Merox and similar
sweetening units
Sulphuric acid
Colour
Acid/base number (caustic
carryover)
Water separation
properties, colour,
conductivity response
Salt content
Likely causes
Crude selection
Impurities
Carryover from salt dryer due to
improper operation or maintenance
(see Annex F)
Insufficient steam stripping.
Insufficient or mis-applied
antioxidant
Insufficient hydrotreatment of
cracked components
Change of catalyst
Insufficient water wash
Impurities, surfactant formation
Deficiencies in caustic quality.
Insufficient water wash.
Spent clay treaters (see Annex G).
Carryover from salt dryer due to
improper operation or maintenance
(see Annex F)
6.4.4.1 Hydroprocessing
Hydroprocessing is a general term used to describe processes where the combination of a
catalyst and high pressure hydrogen is used to remove non-hydrocarbon species (principally
sulphur and nitrogen) from jet fuel process streams and to saturate olefins. Specific
processes in this category are hydrotreating, hydrofining and hydrocracking.
[GENERIC SCHEMATIC OF HYDROPROCESSOR TO BE ADDED HERE]
Figure 4 Generic schematic of a hydroprocessor

48

EHOLDER R
c
013
EI12/059
The the
ermal oxida
ative stability
y of jet fue l can degra
ade in distribution if reeactive components
(such a
as cracked
d stocks) have
h
been
n insufficien
ntly hydrotrreated. Acccordingly, cracked
blending compone
ents should be qualified
d for inclusio
on in jet fue
el (see 6.3) and controlled with
defined operating envelopes
e
and
a quality monitoring..
Severe hydrotreatiing can reduce the lub ricity of jet fuel
f
and this can resultt in excessiive wear
in aircra
aft fuel pum
mps and con
ntrols. Seve
erely hydrop
processed components
c
s are define
ed in the
DEF ST
TAN 91-91 specification as thosse petroleum
m derived hydrocarbo
h
ns that hav
ve been
subjecte
ed to a hyd
drogen parrtial pressurre of greate
er than 7 000 kPa (700 bar or 1 015
0
psi)
during manufacturre. Although
h the fuel sspecification
ns permit the use of LLubricity Im
mproving
Additive
e (LIA) to re
emediate lo
ow lubricity resulting frrom severe hydotreatm
ment, this approach
is not p
preferred be
ecause LIAs
s, being su
urface active
e chemicals
s, are easilyy lost from the fuel
during downstream
m distribution. The prreferred me
ethod for remediation
r
n is to bac
ck blend
straightt-run kerosin
ne, which will
w contain n
naturally oc
ccurring spe
ecies that im
mpart lubricity to the
fuel. Th
he BOCLE test (ASTM D5001) can
n be used to
o monitor je
et fuel lubriccity.
ment
6.4.4.2 Wet treatm
Wet tre
eatments in
nclude swe
eetening p rocesses or
o simple w
washes to remove im
mpurities
from straight-run process
p
stre
eams and neutralise acidity.
a
Swe
eetening prrocesses employ a
catalystt suspended
d in a causttic solution in a reactorr vessel to convert
c
merrcaptans (w
which are
the sou
urce of bad odour and corrosivity
c
i n the fuel) into relative
ely harmlesss disulphide
es. If the
feedsto
, the proce
ock does no
ot require sweetening
s
essing unit can be opperated with
hout the
reactor stage as a simple caustic wash.
One of the most widely
w
used sweetening
g process is the causttic based M
Merox (Me
ercaptan
Oxidatio
on) processs, which has a long hisstory of producing satis
sfactory quaality jet fuel. Merox
treated kerosine where cau
ustic is rep
placed by ammonia has led too problems
s during
subsequent aviatio
on fuel transportation and is therefore nott acceptablle for aviattion fuel
producttion due to ammonia
a
ca
arry-over in
nto the finish
hed productt.
Figure 5 Generic schemattic of wet trreatment process
49
EI12/059
It is essential that the wet treatment unit and its ancillary components (e.g. salt dryer, clay
treater) be managed and operated exactly in accordance with specific instructions of the unit
manufacturer. Deviations from the recommended unit operating parameters can lead to
product quality problems.
For sweetening units, proper caustic addition to the reactor is critical in preventing carryover
of the caustic beyond the settling stage, even with a water wash step directly downstream.
The degree of recycling of used caustic also needs to be carefully controlled. Monitoring
caustic treating effectiveness helps meet clay treater feed MSEP targets (see Annex G).
6.4.4.3 Salt dryer management
Refineries with processes involving a salt dryer step are at risk of delivering fuel containing
dissolved salt in water (which can precipitate out as particulate contamination, or degrade
the performance of downstream filtration) unless they are managed effectively. There have
also been well-documented examples of salt carry-over onto aircraft with serious
consequences for aircraft fuel system performance (refer to International Air Transport
Association: Guidelines for Sodium Chloride Contamination Troubleshooting and
Decontamination of Airframe and Engine Fuel Systems. 2nd edition, February 1998). There
is currently no requirement in the jet fuel specification to test for salt; however refineries
should have systems in place, e.g. monitoring of salt dryer operation, periodic testing of fuel
samples, etc. to ensure that salt content does not exceed a defined limit (see Annex F).
Refineries shall ensure that only salt types and grain sizes that are recommended by the unit
manufacturer are used.
6.4.4.4 Clay treater management
Clay treaters are commonly used to remove low levels of surfactant materials that might
stabilize water emulsions and/or disarm coalescers in the distribution and supply system.
Active clay also removes thermally unstable hetero-compounds such as pyridines and
quinolines and can improve Saybolt colour. Although polar materials prefer to adsorb onto
clay, they can be released by the presence of materials having greater polarity. Proper
function of a clay bed requires dry fuel and therefore clay treaters are often preceded by salt
dryers. Performance is primarily monitored by measuring the MSEP upstream and
downstream of the clay treater. The MSEP should be higher downstream unless the value is
about 98 or higher for the upstream value, where it is acceptable for the upstream and
downstream values to be the same. For further information see Annex G. Refineries shall
only use clay types recommended by the unit manufacturer.
6.4.5 Process monitoring
Table 7 provides a list of the laboratory tests that are typically undertaken to monitor the
effectiveness of the refining process. For example, if the amount of sulphur, nitrogen or
water has increased there may be a processing or feed related change that requires
attention. If undetected, this may lead to a product quality issue. Obtaining such baseline
information will make it easier to troubleshoot in the event of a product quality problem.
Where a processing unit is brought into Aviation fuel service from a different product, a
documented procedure shall be in place and additional product testing may be required.
It is recommended that these measurements are obtained from samples taken downstream
of the processing units.
50
EI12/059
Table 7 - Laboratory Data for Monitoring of Refining Processes

Test
Typical Frequency
MSEP
3/week
Colour
1/week
Water (Karl Fischer)
1/week
Nitrogen
1/week
Basic Nitrogen
1/week
Sulphur
1/week
Mercaptan sulphur
1/week
Thermal stability
1/week
Acidity
1/week
Metals
1/month
Note: During a process upset condition or product specification

failure, testing may become more frequent. Also, for refineries
running variable crude slates or more challenging crudes, the
frequency of testing may need to increase.
6.4.5.1 Troubleshooting
The following are recommended checks based on results obtained from samples taken
downstream of processing units.
If MSEP is low check the following:
1. Acidity of the feed versus unit outlet
2. Colour of the feed
3. Dryer operation and water content of the feed and product of the clay treater
4. Caustic treat ratio
5. Nitrogen content (including basic nitrogen)
If the product is failing thermal stability check the following:
1. Contaminants (organic nitrogen or oxygen, surfactants, etc.)
2. Olefins/diolefins
3. Metals contamination (specifically copper)
4. Changes in upstream processing that would affect items 1-3
5. Unhydrotreated cracked stocks entering the jet fuel pool (e.g. nitrogen compounds in
distillate fractions from coker units are notoriously deleterious)
If the fuel has poor colour or poor colour stability:
Normally the colour of jet fuel ranges from water white (colourless) to straw/pale yellow.
Other fuel colours may be the result of crude oil characteristics or refining processes. If
unusual colours are produced at the point of manufacture, this should be noted on the
batch certificate to provide information to downstream users. Unusual colours such as
pink, red, green or blue, that do not significantly impact the Saybolt Colour number,
should also be investigated to determine the cause.
Note: The Saybolt Colour test measures depth of colour, not tint.
There is currently no numerical limit for Saybolt colour in jet fuel specifications. However,
some pipeline companies do have their own minimum specification. Also, users may be
inclined to refuse unusually-coloured fuel at point of delivery.
51
EI12/059
Colour can be a useful indicator of fuel quality. Darkening of fuel, a change in fuel colour,
or an unusual colour may be the result of product contamination or instability.
Changes in Saybolt Colour from the original RCQ for the batch would usually be cause
for investigation as follows:
Initial Saybolt Colour at Point of Manufacture
>25
25, but 15
<15
Significant Change
>8
>5
>3
A particularly dark colour may indicate unstable fuel.
Usually colour problems stem from the presence of nitrogen species in the product. If
colour is a problem, check the following:
1. Nitrogen levels
2. Fresh hydroprocessing catalysts
3. Some Antioxidants when exposed to UV light (quinone formation)
4. Cracked stocks entering the jet fuel pool
If the fuel has high acidity check the following:

1. Acidity of the feed
2. Caustic treat ratio
6.5
SLOPS PROCESSING OR RECYCLING OF OFF-GRADE MATERIAL
Setting strict rules for slops processing is very difficult because of variations in refinery
configuration and slops composition. It is the responsibility of the refinery to define
procedures that ensure that finished fuels meet the specification requirements and are fit-forpurpose as defined in 6.4.5.1. Particular attention should be paid to the increasing volumes
of oxygenate-containing biofuels (ethanol, FAME) in the system.
Processing refinery, or chemical slops or recycling off-grade fuels that are defined as natural
hydrocarbons may be permitted when producing jet fuel, but shall be assessed on a caseby-case basis. This demonstration shall include a risk assessment that examines the likely
impact on the aviation turbine fuel produced. An acceptable risk assessment involves
knowing the nature of the slops, their concentration in the crude and an estimate of how it
may affect jet fuel production. Documentation of the risk assessment shall be kept.
Chemical slops may contain oxygenates which may affect water shedding properties and,
secondly, chemical slops may not be products derived from conventional sources of
hydrocarbons and may contain unknown elements. Some gasoline components may be high
in aromatics, which can cause discolouration of jet fuel, and are not recommended. In
practice, some refiners limit the proportion of slops to 3%v on crude to avoid metal poisoning
of catalyst systems.
Refineries are also advised to be extremely cautious when processing marketing returns
which may contain trace chemicals and unapproved additives used in marketing operations
(e.g. lead, oxygenates, bio-fuel components, cracked components, silicones).
6.6
ADDITIVES USED IN AVIATION FUELS
For details of additives used in aviation fuels, refer to chapter 7.
52
6.7
EI12/059
DOCUMENTATION
As a minimum, refineries shall maintain the following documentation relating to the

production of aviation fuel:
Crude acceptance matrix;
Process unit controls including change history book;
Rundown controls (including schedule of testing);
Management of change and risk assessments including process additive registrations
(see chapter 3), and
Authorised signatories for refinery processes works*
* An authorised signatory shall be part of a delegated control system as defined by the
refinery manager/operator
53
EI12/059
7 ADDITIVES USED IN AVIATION FUELS

7.1
SCOPE
This chapter provides guidelines on the use of aviation fuel additives during the refinery
production of aviation fuel batches and, when necessary, subsequent additions in
downstream supply installations. Guidance is given on the controls that shall be set up and
the procedures that shall be adopted to ensure that the correct additive is added at the
appropriate concentration.
This chapter does not address the usage of process chemicals/additives used during the
manufacture of jet fuel in a refinery and the attendant risk of carryover into finished fuel
batches. This important aspect is covered in chapter 6.
7.2
INTRODUCTION
Chemical additives can be used in jet fuels for one of two reasons:
a) to prevent degradation of the fuel itself (e.g. the use of antioxidants to prevent oxidation)
b) to enhance a particular fuel property (e.g. the use of static dissipater additive to increase
electrical conductivity)
Some aviation fuel additives are added only in refineries (e.g. antioxidants) while other
additives may be added in the refinery or further downstream in supply installations (e.g.
static dissipater additive). In either case, the same rules apply.
The use of additives in aviation fuels is carefully controlled and limited because of the
potential for undesirable side effects. Under certain circumstances additives can affect the
ability to maintain fuel cleanliness during shipment and handling, or may adversely impact
the aircraft fuel system and turbine engine operation or maintenance.
Only qualified additives of defined composition and amount approved by the airframe and
engine manufacturers, and cited by the relevant fuel specification authority, may be used.
Note, additives are identified by their appropriate RDE/A/XXX number cited in DEF STAN
91-91. At the point of addition, the amount of additive added shall be recorded in the
appropriate documentation. Additives not listed in the appropriate aviation fuel specification
are not permitted.
Specifications define the requirements for additives in the following manner:
Mandatory - Shall be present between defined minimum and maximum concentration or
property limits.
Optional - May be added up to maximum concentration or property limits.
By Agreement - May be added only with agreement of the user/purchaser within
specified limits.
The International fuel specifications are very prescriptive on what additives can be used and
how they should be added to the fuel (e.g. see clause 4 of DEF STAN 91-91).
Refineries, and supply installations that inject aviation fuel additives, shall have a system in
place that ensures that only approved additives are used, and that the correct dosage rates
are adhered to.
The method of addition shall be covered by appropriate on-site procedures (this includes
ship tanks). The procedures shall also cover control of the quantity and type of material
54
EI12/059
used, with timely reconciliation of volume used to confirm addition rate. A system of additive
batch recording shall be in place to allow traceability of additive batches in the finished
aviation fuel.
7.3
TYPES OF ADDITIVE
7.3.1 Antioxidants
Antioxidants are added to aviation fuel to prevent peroxidation during storage. Straight-run
fuels do not normally require the addition of antioxidant additive because they tend to
contain naturally occurring antioxidant species. These species are removed from the fuel
during hydroprocessing, leaving the fuel vulnerable to peroxidation. Consequently,
antioxidant additives are normally added only to hydroprocessed fuels.
Antioxidants are mandatory in Jet A-1 certified to DEF STAN 91-91 but optional in Jet A/Jet
A-1 certified to ASTM D1655, for fuel components that have been hydro-processed (i.e.
manufactured using a catalytic hydrogen process such as hydro-treating, hydro-fining,
hydro-cracking, etc.).
Antioxidants are mandatory in synthesized components as defined in the ASTM D7566
specification.
Antioxidants shall always be added after hydro-processing or
synthesizing as near to the point of manufacture (at plant rundown) as
possible (this is a specification requirement for Jet A-1 meeting DEF
STAN 91-91 and for synthetic components as defined in ASTM D7566),
and definitely before the fuel has had a chance to meet with oxygen,
e.g. in the component rundown tank.
The purpose of this requirement is to prevent the initiation of the free
radical chain reactions which lead to peroxide formation in the fuel.
Later addition of antioxidant, when these chain reactions may have
already started, is of limited effectiveness.
Where a finished fuel comprises a blend of several different components, the requirement for
mandatory addition of a qualified antioxidant at a concentration of 17.0 to 24.0 mg/L applies
only to the portion of the blend that has been hydro-processed. For fuel (or fuel component)
which has not been hydro-processed, addition is optional but shall not exceed 24.0 mg/L.
These concentrations do not include any solvent used to dissolve the active ingredient.
The antioxidants listed below are qualified for use in Jet A/Jet A-1:
2,6-ditertiary-butyl phenol [Qualification ref: RDE/A/606]
2,6-ditertiary-butyl-4-methyl phenol [Qualification ref: RDE/A/607]
2,4-dimethyl-6-tertiary-butyl phenol [Qualification ref: RDE/A/608]
75% min. 2,6-ditertiary-butyl phenol, plus 25% max. mixed tertiary and tritertiary-butyl
phenols [Qualification ref: RDE/A/609]
55% min. 2,4-dimethyl-6-tertiary-butyl phenol, plus 15% min. 2,6-ditertiary-butyl-4-methyl
phenol; remainder as monomethyl and dimethyl tertiary-butyl phenols [Qualification ref:
RDE/A/610]
72% min. 2,4-dimethyl-6-tertiary-butyl phenol, 28% max. monomethyl and dimethyltertiary-butyl phenols [Qualification ref: RDE/A/611]
Antioxidants have no known side effects that adversely affect fuel properties.
55
EI12/059
7.3.2 Static dissipater additive (SDA)

Static Dissipater Additive (SDA), also known as antistatic additive or conductivity improver
additive, is used to increase the electrical conductivity of the fuel, which enables rapid
dissipation of electrostatic charge generated during fuel movement.
The use of SDA is mandatory to meet the electrical conductivity requirements of Jet A-1
certified to DEF STAN 91-91 (and the Joint Fuelling System Checklist) at point and
temperature of delivery to the aircraft. SDA may be used by agreement in Jet A/Jet A-1
certified to ASTM D1655.
Historically, it was always recommended that SDA should be added in refineries during
production. More recently, problems with excessive conductivity loss (especially on ships
fitted with inert gas systems) and the need to meet MSEP requirements, have highlighted
the benefit of dosing the additive further downstream (see Annex H). Refineries may, with
the agreement of the receiving company, supply product without SDA but the RCQ shall
clearly state that this product meets the specification for all properties except conductivity.
Only one SDA is approved for use in Jet A/Jet A-1: Stadis 450 [Qualification ref:
RDE/A/621] manufactured by Innospec LLC. Note: another SDA is currently undergoing the
industry approval process. If approved and a new RDE/A/ number has been allocated to it, it
will be equally suitable for use.
SDA may be added at a maximum initial concentration of 3.0 mg/L, up to a cumulative
maximum of 5.0 mg/L. When SDA is used, it is recommended that the initial amount added
does not exceed 1.0 mg/L, which should result in a fuel conductivity meeting the
specification limits of 50 600 pS/m.
When doping product with SDA, refineries should take into account normal depletion of
conductivity that may occur as the product passes through the distribution system from the
refinery to the airport. It is recommended that refineries aim for a conductivity in the range
250 to 300 pS/m (or higher, depending on the mode and duration of transfer to the airport
terminal) at the point of batching of the tank and at the delivery temperature of the product at
the refinery. The level targeted should ensure Jet A-1 at entry into airport storage is >100 (or
>150 pS/m depending on the layout of the airport, e.g. hydrant or refueller) and therefore
reaches the aircraft above the 50 pS/m minimum required by the specification.
In certain circumstances, it may be necessary to make further additions of SDA to Jet A-1 at
intermediate supply installations or terminals. For details on how this is controlled, refer to
7.9. For further information see Annex H.
Conductivity normally increases with temperature. Consideration of the temperature effect
should be given to the question of whether the delivery temperature is likely to be
significantly different from the sample storage/testing temperature. In cases of dispute, the
conductivity measurement taken in situ in the storage tank shall prevail.
SDA is a surfactant and overdosing may degrade the water separation characteristics of the
jet fuel. Although at normal dosage rates experience shows that filter/coalescers are not
disarmed, low MSEP values may indicate problems. However, it is acknowledged that the
ASTM D3948 test method is oversensitive to Stadis 450 and low MSEP values could predict
problems where they may not exist; guidance on how to deal with such situations can be
found in JIG Bulletin No.14 MSEP protocol.
The surface-active nature of SDA may also clean up distribution systems by dispersing dirt
or rust previously attached to the pipework. In this way high levels of finely dispersed rust
can be produced which can cause filtration problems downstream.
56
EI12/059
It should also be noted that maximum loading velocities into road and rail tankers for aviation
fuels, both with and without SDA, should be in accordance with the constraints laid down in
the EI Model Code of Safe Practice Part 21 Guidelines for the control of hazards arising from
static electricity, or API RP 2003 Protection against ignitions arising out of static, lightning,
and stray currents to avoid hazards related to electrostatic charging.
7.3.3 Metal deactivator additive (MDA)
Metal Deactivator Additive (MDA) [Qualification ref: RDE/A/650] may be added to jet fuel
where dissolved trace catalytic metals, notably copper, have caused the fuel to fail the
ASTM D3241 Standard test method for thermal oxidation stability of aviation turbine fuels
(often referred to as the Jet Fuel Thermal Oxidation Test). MDA comprises N,Ndisalicylidine-1,2-propanediamine, a chelating molecule that wraps itself around trace metal
atoms in the fuel and thus shields the fuel from their catalytic propensity.
The use of MDA is optional and experience has shown that a dosage rate of 1.0 mg/L or less
(active ingredient) is usually sufficient to recover thermal stability successive higher treat
rates can be used as necessary, but shall not exceed 2.0 mg/L. Cumulative addition of MDA
shall not exceed 5.7 mg/L active ingredient.
Where the thermal stability fails the specification limit, the refinery should determine whether
the cause is due to metal contamination by analysing the fuel for trace levels of Copper,
Cadmium, Iron, Cobalt and Zinc. Where metallic contamination is unproven, i.e. below 10
ppb, it is NOT recommended to use MDA to recover the thermal stability unless a clear
explanation is found for the failure. However, MDA may be used to recover thermal stability
provided that the Thermal Oxidation Test is determined before and after MDA addition and
reported on the test certificate. Prior to MDA addition, a laboratory blend of the fuel with the
proposed level of MDA should be made and a Thermal Oxidation Test carried out to confirm
the effectiveness of this addition.
7.3.4 Lubricity improver additive (LIA)
The use of Lubricity Improver Additive (LIA), formerly known as Corrosion Inhibitor/Lubricity
Improver (CI/LI), is optional in commercial jet fuel to improve the lubricity of severely
hydroprocessed fuel components. However, it may not be a practical solution to inject LIA in
the refinery to correct poor lubricity because the additive may be depleted from the fuel by
adsorption onto tanks and pipeline walls in the downstream distribution system before it
reaches the aircraft. A preferable solution, where necessary, is to improve the lubricity of
severely hydroprocessed fuel by blending in the refinery with other, higher lubricity,
components such as Merox processed or other straight-run kerosine.
Lubricity improver additives are controlled by MIL-PRF-25017 and DEF STAN 68-251. Both
of these specifications have an associated Qualified Products List (QPL).
The use of LIA is mandatory in military grades of fuel covered by specifications MIL-DTL83133, MIL-DTL-5624, DEF STAN 91-87 and DEF STAN 91-86.
57
EI12/059
Jet Fuel Lubricity

Aircraft and engine fuel system components and fuel control units rely on the
fuel to lubricate their moving parts. The effectiveness of a jet fuel as a
boundary lubricant in such equipment is referred to as its lubricity. Differences
in fuel system component design and materials result in varying degrees of
equipment sensitivity to fuel lubricity. Similarly, jet fuels vary in their level of
lubricity. In-service problems experienced have ranged in severity from
reductions in flow to unexpected mechanical failure leading to in-flight engine
shutdown.
Because of the chemical and physical properties of jet fuel, it is a relatively
poor lubricating material under high temperature and high load conditions.
Severe hydro-processing removes trace components resulting in fuels which
tend to have lower lubricity than other fuels, such as straight-run, wet-treated,
or mildly hydrogen treated fuels. Certain additives, for example corrosion
inhibitors, can improve the lubricity and are widely used in military fuels. They
have occasionally been used in civil jet fuel to overcome aircraft problems but
only as a temporary remedy while improvements to the fuel system
components or changes to fuels were achieved. Because of their polar
nature, these additives can have adverse effects on ground based filtration
systems and on fuel water separation characteristics. Filter/water separator
elements qualified to EI 1581 5th edition are more resistant to the surface
active effect of the LIA.
Some modern aircraft fuel system components have been designed to
operate on low lubricity fuel. Other aircraft may have fuel system components
which are sensitive to fuel lubricity. In these cases the manufacturer can
advise precautionary measures, such as use of an approved lubricity additive
to enhance the lubricity of a particular fuel. Problems are most likely to occur
when aircraft operations are confined to a single refinery source where fuel is
severely hydro-processed and where there is no co-mingling with fuels from
other sources during distribution between refinery and aircraft.
ASTM Test Method D5001 (BOCLE) is a test for assessing fuel lubricity and
is used for in service troubleshooting, lubricity additive evaluation and in the
monitoring of low lubricity test fluid during endurance testing of equipment.
However, because the BOCLE may not accurately model all types of wear
which cause in-service problems other methods may be developed to better
simulate the type of wear most commonly found in the field.
LIA may be blended into Jet A-1 in accordance with DEF STAN 91-91 without prior customer
notification to correct a lubricity problem, but use of these additives in Jet A/Jet A-1 in
accordance with ASTM D1655 is by agreement of the purchaser.
The lubricity improver additives cited here are qualified for use in Jet A-1*. This qualified
product list shows concentrations for each additive that provide acceptable lubricity
properties while minimizing effects on water separation properties.
HITEC 580 [Qualification ref: RDE/A/661]:

Innospec DCI-4A [Qualification ref: RDE/A/662]:
Innospec DCI-6A [Qualification ref: RDE/A/663]:
Nalco 5403 [Qualification ref: RDE/A/664]:
Tolad 4410 [Qualification ref: RDE/A/665]:
58
Dosage rate: 15 23 mg/L

EI12/059
Tolad 351 [Qualification ref: RDE/A/666]:

Unicor J [Qualification ref: RDE/A/667]:
Nalco 5405 [Qualification ref: RDE/A/668]:
SPEC AID 8Q22 [Qualification ref: RDE/A/669]:
(For the latest listing of approved LIAs, refer to the appropriate specifications QPL)
*For Jet A and Jet A-1 meeting ASTM D1655, only three of the above additives Hitec
E580, DCI-4A and Nalco 5403 are currently listed as approved.
For aviation gasolines, these same additives can be used as corrosion inhibitors to provide
protection for avgas storage facilities and for aircraft fuel system components during the
sometimes long periods of idleness between flights.
7.3.5 Fuel system icing inhibitor (FSII)
FSII is used to prevent aircraft fuel system blockage by ice formation from water precipitated
from fuels during flight. As most commercial aircraft are, with minor exceptions, provided
with fuel filter heaters, they have no requirement for the anti-icing properties of this additive,
although some operators may use the additive for its biostatic properties.
FSII is mandatory only for military grades of jet fuel covered by specifications MIL-DTL83133, MIL-DTL-5624, DEF STAN 91-87 and DEF STAN 91-86, and for certain business
jets.
The only approved FSII for Jet A and Jet A-1 is diethylene glycol monomethyl ether (diEGME) [Qualification ref: RDE/A/630] meeting the appropriate additive specification, such as
Type III requirements of ASTM D4171 Specification for fuel system icing inhibitors, MIL-DTL85470B or DEF STAN 68-252. Where FSII is required, the concentration shall be between
0.10 and 0.15 volume percent.
FSII is only sparingly soluble in jet fuel so effective injection/mixing facilities are essential to
ensure complete mixing. Undissolved FSII can damage elastomers, tank coatings and other
materials in aircraft. Good mixing with fuel requires that the additive has low acid and
dissolved water content. FSII is removed from the fuel by free water so it is imperative that
fuel storage tanks are effectively drained of water prior to FSII addition and kept free of water
thereafter.
If a refinery is required to supply fuel containing FSII, it is recommended that any FSII is
added using an additive injection system during delivery of the fuel into the transportation
system rather than into bulk storage (see 7.9.3.2).
The concentration of di-EGME in fuel can be determined using ASTM D5006. This method is
suitable for field use.
7.3.6 Biocides
Biocides are not approved by DEF STAN 91-91 (or AFQRJOS Check List) and are primarily
intended for strictly controlled use in aircraft fuel tanks. If used within a refinery or supply
installation, the fuel shall be down-graded to non-aviation use. If microbiological growth is
found in refinery or supply installation storage tanks, the preferred approach is to steam
clean and/or pressure water wash the tank rather than treat it with biocide (see EI Guidelines
for the investigation of the microbiological content of petroleum fuel and for the
implementation of avoidance and remedial strategies).
59
EI12/059
Biocidal additives are available for use under strictly controlled conditions, usually by
the aircraft operator - they are not to be used for preventative maintenance purposes.
ASTM D1655 lists biocides as an acceptable additive class; however they are not
cited as acceptable additives in DEF STAN 91-91. Biocides are used to kill
microbiological growth in hydrocarbon fuels. Owing to the time required for treatment
to be effective, biocides are normally used when the aircraft is left standing filled or
partially filled with treated fuel, such as during scheduled maintenance. The fuel may
then be used by the operator in accordance with both airframe and engine
manufacturers requirements. In most cases, any treatment other than in the aircraft
itself will render the fuel unfit for use and require downgrading or disposal.
Two biocide additives have been approved for use Biobor JF and Kathon FP 1.5.
Turbine engine and airframe manufacturers service manuals shall be consulted for
specific details on approved products and permitted conditions for use. In addition,
any restrictions or prohibitions due to local laws and regulations shall be understood
before biocide use is considered.
As noted in 7.3.5, DiEGME has been found to have biostatic effects in some
situations.
7.4
RECEIPT PROCEDURES FOR ADDITIVES
7.4.1 Selection and purchase

As noted previously, only approved additives shall be used. Locations shall have a system in
place that ensures that only approved additives are purchased, received and used. Each
individual purchase order for each consignment shall clearly state the product required and
the specification it shall meet. It is not sufficient merely to state that it is a repeat of a
previous order. It is important to state clearly which product is being ordered as many
additives are known by trade and common names that are sometimes ambiguous.
7.4.2 Suppliers quality documentation
Additives shall be accompanied by the suppliers quality certificate that:
confirms that the additive complies with the relevant additive or fuel specification;
contains test results verifying that the product meets the specification;
states batch details, date of testing, shelf life information and is signed, and
if the additive is supplied in diluted form, the vendor/manufacturer shall provide directions
for calculating dosage. This information shall be placed on the certificate of analysis or
additive quality documentation.
If the quality documents comply with these requirements, no further testing is required to
receive the additive into stock, provided the receipt checks (7.4.3) have been satisfactorily
completed. If the quality documents do not comply with these requirements, the product shall
be quarantined until any discrepancies are resolved.
7.4.3 Receipt of additives
Incoming product shall be segregated from other stocks until the following checks have been
satisfactorily completed:
a) The markings on the containers shall be compared and correspond with the information
on the suppliers quality certificate and delivery papers (batch identification and active
ingredient control).
60
EI12/059
b) Every container shall be examined for damage or possible contamination during transit.
Leaking or damaged containers shall be quarantined.
c) If a container is seen to be leaking, receipt shall be refused and the container returned to
the supplier.
d) With a damaged drum, an assessment shall be made to determine if the damage is
acceptable (e.g. small dents), or if it is serious enough to require decanting of the
product into a new container. (Note: some additives require special containers and
unlined steel may not be suitable, so procedures shall state the type of container to be
used for the specific additive). If decanting is not practicable, the damaged container
should be returned to the supplier.
e) If markings on containers are damaged and indistinct or illegible, the contents shall be
regarded as suspect and unless the identity can be unambiguously established, the
product shall not be used. Markings still legible but becoming faded or indistinct shall be
re-marked.
An appropriate Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) shall be supplied by the additive
manufacturer. Relevant precautions/information on the MSDS, such as potential hazards,
personal protective equipment and disposal of unwanted material, shall be incorporated into
written procedures and training.
7.5
STORAGE PROCEDURES
7.5.1 Storage of additive containers

The use of well-ventilated buildings is recommended for storage of additive containers.
Drums may be stored upright (typically on pallets) provided that they are stored under cover,
or stored with drum top covers for not more than 3 months (before release). Where this is
not the case, drums shall be stacked on their sides with bungs below the liquid level. The
bottom drums shall be held in position (e.g. by wedges) to prevent collapse of stacks.
Each additive shall be stored separately to help avoid confusion with any other materials.
Product shall be used in rotation according to batch dates, using the oldest first.
7.5.2 Additive storage/injection tanks
Tanks for the storage of additives shall be designed, constructed and commissioned in
accordance with good engineering practice, and where appropriate with local and national
standards.
Some additives are aggressive to lining materials, seals and some metals, so the materials
used in the construction of the additive tank and injection equipment shall be compatible and
suitable for use with the additive. FSII is particularly aggressive to lining materials and some
metals. In particular, aluminium shall not be used for the storage of FSII.
The tanks shall be appropriately sized and incorporate a stock measurement system, for
example an automated gauging system, graduated sight glass or dip stick, a low point drain
sampling valve and, where required, desiccant drier tubes. FSII is very hygroscopic and
precautions shall be taken to avoid ingress of water into the neat additive storage, e.g. silica
gel driers on tank vents.
7.6
INSPECTION AND CLEANING
7.6.1 Containers
Containers should be inspected for leakages at regular intervals, preferably monthly.
Markings shall be renewed as necessary to maintain clear identity of product and batch.
61
EI12/059
7.6.2 Storage/injection tanks

Every six years additive tanks shall be opened, visually inspected and cleaned if required. In
addition, they shall be cleaned immediately if there is evidence of accumulation of sediment
as disclosed by bottom samples or by the need to clean strainers frequently. Details of
inspection and cleaning shall be recorded.
7.7
ADDITIVE SHELF LIFE
Shelf life only applies to originally packed containers under normal storage conditions.
The shelf life depends on the additive type. The suppliers recommendations shall be
followed.
Where original containers are opened and/or decanted into storage/injection tanks, the
potential for degradation and contamination of the additives shall be minimized.
This may be achieved, for example, by:
appropriate vessel sizing, (additive batch size in relation to throughput);
dedicated transfer systems;
storage conditions (exposure to sunlight, humidity), and
routine sampling including visual assessment should be carried out to confirm that there
is no degradation or contamination of the product in storage. If any evidence of
contamination is found, the supply of the additive shall be discontinued (refer to 7.6).
7.8
PERIODIC TESTING
Only FSII requires periodic testing to detect any deterioration in quality. Stadis 450, LIA and
MDA are sufficiently stable not to require it. The testing requirements depend on how the
FSII has been stored, in accordance with 7.8.1 and 7.8.2.
7.8.1 Sealed containers
FSII, when stored in its original sealed containers, should retain its quality for a period of at
least 12 months in temperate climates and not less than 6 months in tropical climates, and
does not need to undergo periodic testing.
7.8.2 Storage/injection tanks
Every six months a sample shall be taken from any FSII storage tank where the stock has
been held static, i.e. stock to which no replenishments have been made and irrespective of
whether or not any withdrawals have been made. As a minimum the testing in Table 8 is
required.
Table 8 Minimum requirements for testing of FSII in storage tanks
Test Method
Limit
D 1613
Max 0,09
IP 139 (Note)
Relative Density, 20C/20C D 891 or D 4052
1,020-1,025
or Density at 15C, kg/litre
IP 189
1,024-1,028
Water Content, mass %
D 1364, IP 356
Max 0.10
Note: Weight of sample 50g, and concentration of KOH 0.05 molar
Total Acidity, mg KOH/g
7.9
ADDITIVE DOSING
7.9.1 General
Additive dosing is difficult because:
62
EI12/059
The additives are more dense and viscous than fuels.

Small amounts of additive require blending homogeneously into large volumes of fuel.
It is not easy to confirm some additive concentrations and homogeneity in the treated
fuel.
Conductivity is proportionally affected by fuel temperature; the SDA injection rate may
need to be adjusted to compensate for this.
Premixing of two or more different additives is strictly prohibited to prevent possible
chemical reactions among the concentrated forms of different additives.
Consequently, adequate preparations shall be made to ensure appropriate equipment and

site-specific written procedures are in place and training has been carried out.
The procedures should cover:
ensuring the correct additive is used;
ensuring the correct dosage is applied (including a reconciliation procedure);
ensuring the additive is added in the appropriate manner (see 7.10.3), and
establishing a system of batch recording that allows traceability of additive batches in the
finished fuel
7.9.2 Dosage rate
Regardless of additive type or the reason for its addition (whether to achieve a certain
performance or to meet a specific requirement of a customer), the amount added shall never
exceed the maximum limit of the relevant specification.
Some additives are viscous and may be supplied pre-diluted in a solvent to facilitate
handling. Others may require pre-dilution to facilitate addition; in this case it shall be ensured
that the additive and diluent are thoroughly mixed. The diluent used shall be hydrocarbon
and comply with the requirements of the relevant fuel specification. In both cases, it is
essential that the dosage of diluted additive provides the correct amount of active ingredient.
This aspect shall be included in written procedures to prevent misunderstanding or confusion
over how much is to be added.
To verify that additive dosing is correct (see 7.2), the quantity of additive(s) used shall be
compared with the volume of fuel dosed. Issues to consider include:
inclusion of tank heel in calculations
correct conversion of volume to mass
frequency being timely enough to correct any dosing errors on site before product is
released
regular monitoring/auditing of the process by management
The amount(s) of additive(s), including NIL additions, shall be recorded on the RCQ. For
downstream additions, additive dosages shall be reported to the purchaser on the batch
quality certificates and/or Release Certificates.
7.9.3 Method of addition
The preferred method of addition of aviation fuel additives is via in-line injection systems
comprising additive supply tank and proportioning additive injector. This method provides
accurate dosing level and effective mixing compared with other, manual methods.
The system shall be designed to automatically dispense the additive at the desired dosage
and to shut it down if over- or under-dosing is encountered. The system shall inject the
additive before it goes into tankage or, for SDA, LIA or FSII when added during loading, after
all filtration vessels in the loading line.
63
EI12/059
The simplest and most effective method to control the amount of additive added and to
obtain a homogeneous blend in the fuel is injection into a flowing stream of fuel using:
a flow-controlled piston pump with variable stroke
a meter to measure the amount of additive injected
7.9.3.1 Additive injection General
After initial commissioning, the injection equipment shall be tested at regular intervals
(typically every 6 months) to verify the correct dosage is being delivered. On completion of
commissioning/maintenance/verification, varying the stroke of the injection pump shall be
controlled. This may be achieved by sealing/locking of the adjustment control. Note:
electrical conductivity is sensitive to temperature variations and adjustments to the controls
may be required more frequently when injecting SDA.
Controls/procedures shall be used to ensure the additive tank always contains sufficient
additive.
7.9.3.2 Additive injection FSII-specific
Owing to its poor solubility in aviation fuel, FSII requires mixers and/or turbulent flow at the
point of injection to assure homogeneity. Consequently, for FSII, the only effective method of
addition is in-line injection. At the time of FSII injection, the jet fuel and FSII should be as dry
as possible to facilitate homogenization.
FSII impairs the effective removal of free water from fuel using conventional water removal
technology such as two stage filter/water separators and filter monitors with water absorbent
elements. If FSII is injected into the fuel at any point upstream of delivery into aircraft, the
filter used shall be a filter/water separator type specifically approved for this duty (Category
M or M100). Under no circumstances can filter vessels fitted with filter monitor elements
(water absorbent elements) be used with fuel containing FSII, owing to interactions between
the additive and the water adsorbent media.
Note: The addition of FSII may reduce the fuel conductivity.
7.9.3.3 Additive injection other additives
As with FSII, LIA should be added at Supply Installations (and Airports) by in-line injection
only.
If addition/re-addition of SDA is a regular requirement at an installation, this method shall
also be used.
This is also the best way to add MDA but, as dosing with MDA is a one-off and infrequent
occurrence, it is unlikely that suitable injection equipment will be in place.
7.9.3.4 Other methods of addition
If additive addition is not a regular requirement and in-line injection is not possible, other
methods are acceptable but they may only be used:
for SDA and MDA additions
provided mixing is good enough to give a homogeneous blend
provided satisfactory mixing is confirmed
One of the methods a) to h) shall be used for SDA and MDA additions when continuous
inline injection is not possible:
a) Add additive preferably as a number of incremental doses during the receipt period on
the receipt line or while carrying out a tank to tank transfer
64
EI12/059
b) Add the additive via the return line of the quick flush draining vessel while the product is
being received.
c) Add to the reception tank before receiving fuel. Circulation may be required to obtain a
homogeneous blend.
d) If fuel in a storage tank needs to be treated and the only option is by pouring the
prediluted additive through the top of the tank, extended circulation or mixing will be
required to obtain a homogeneous blend.
e) If fuel in a ships tank needs to be treated during loading, and the only option is by
pouring the prediluted additive through the top of the tank, this should be after the first
foot of the tank has been loaded.
f) For fuel receipts from ships and rail tank cars, add directly to ship/rail tank car
compartments before discharge so that turbulence during discharge completes the
mixing.
g) Where it is found to be necessary to add SDA to individual bridger / rail tank cars, special
attention shall be paid to the amount, as the volume of SDA to be added is small and
there is an increased risk of overdosing. Prediluted SDA should be added to the
compartment prior to loading of the fuel.
h) Confirm mixing is satisfactory:
- for SDA additions, by measuring fuel conductivity at upper/middle/lower levels in tank
- for MDA additions, by carrying out JFTOT on composite of upper, middle and lower
samples.
Consideration should be given to the need to pre-dilute the required amount of additive with
fuel to facilitate mixing.
7.10
FUEL CONTAINING ADDITIVE(S)
7.10.1 Test Methods for measuring additive content in fuels

7.10.1.1 SDA
The concentration of STADIS 450 in fuel can be measured in the laboratory using an HPLC
technique (ASTM D7524/IP 568). The lack of a field test method underlines the need to keep
records of SDA additions from refinery to final use to ensure the specification is complied
with.
7.10.1.2 FSII
The concentration of FSII in aviation fuel can be determined by extracting the di-EGME with
water and measuring the refractive index of the water extract (ASTM D5006). The method is
suitable for use as a field test for checking that injection equipment is operating satisfactorily.
Details of equipment suppliers are given in the test method.
7.10.1.3 LIA
Standard test methods are not available for measuring the concentration of these additives
in fuel.
7.10.1.4 MDA
Standard test methods are not available for measuring the concentration of this additive in
fuel.
7.10.1.5 Antioxidant
Standard test methods are not available for measuring the concentration of this additive in
fuel.
65
EI12/059
Since it is not easy, or always possible, to monitor additive dosage rates by measuring
additive content in the fuel, it is essential that dosages are verified by reconciliation of
volumes of additive used with volumes of fuel dosed.
7.10.2 Segregation and grade marking of fuel containing FSII or LIA
Fuel containing FSII or LIA shall be treated as a different grade, requiring the usual
dedication and segregation from all other fuel grades. (Fuel containing SDA or MDA does
not normally need to be dedicated/segregated).
There are no generally agreed-upon grade names and markings for fuels containing LIA or
FSII additives. Grade markings need to be unambiguous and simple. Unless there is a local
or national convention, the grade marking for the fuel without additive should be used
together with the abbreviated name of the additive, for example:
Jet A-1 to which FSII has been added would become Jet A-1/FSII
Jet A with LIA would be Jet A/LIA
7.10.2 Material safety data sheets for additive-containing fuels
Additives are present in aviation fuels at such low concentrations that a special MSDS for
the additive treated fuel is not normally required. FSII is the exception because any water
drained from a tank storing fuel with FSII can contain almost 50% FSII. Users, including
employees and agents as well as customers, need to be aware of this so precautions can be
taken. Appropriate MSDSs shall be available at all locations where FSII additives are
present in fuels.
In addition, any location involved with the handling or addition of other additives to fuels shall
have on-site the MSDSs for those additives.
7.11
RECORDS
Records shall be maintained so that all aspects of additive addition can be checked including
confirmation that the correct additive was added in the required amount (including blend and
reconciliation records), traceability to a particular container of additive (including additive
CoAs) and any calibration of injection pumps.
For refinery additions, the amount(s) added shall be recorded on the RCQ. For additive
dosing when re-batching at supply installations, the amount(s) added shall be recorded on
the CoA. When additive is injected as fuel is dispatched from an installation, the amount
added shall be recorded on the Release Certificate.
66
EI12/059
8 RECEIPT, BATCHING, CERTIFICATON AND

RELEASE
8.1
GENERAL
8.1.1 Batch
Quality assurance for aviation fuels is based on two key concepts: batches and traceability.
The principle of an identifiable batch and creation of defined batches is a requirement of the
international aviation fuel specifications; see, for example, clause 5.1 in DEF STAN 91-91.
A batch of fuel is defined as a distinct quantity of jet fuel that can be characterised by one set
of test results.
It is essential that refineries and storage installations ensure batches are homogenous so
that test results are representative of the product supplied. Homogenous is defined as the
density not varying by more than 3,0 kg/m across the batch. Special care shall be taken to
ensure homogeneity of synthetic fuel blends particularly where the component densities are
significantly different.
Homogeneous batches of the finished product shall be tested against the requirements of
the specification. Results shall be reported on the appropriate certificates (RCQ, CoA, RTC).
It is not acceptable to average on-line analysis results or use other statistical results in the
reporting.
8.1.2 Point of manufacture
Depending on refinery configuration, product may be blended directly from the production
units into a batch tank, transferred from a rundown tank or imported. In any case, once the
batch tank is filled, the product shall be fully segregated and allowed to settle before
sampling and testing. Sampling shall be in accordance with chapter 4.
8.1.3 Storage installations
Storage installations receive aviation fuel via diverse supply routes that may be dedicated or
non-dedicated. Detailed receipt procedures are outlined in 8.3. As for refineries and other
points of manufacture, once the batch tank is filled, the product shall be fully segregated and
allowed to settle before sampling and testing. Sampling shall be in accordance with chapter
4.
8.2
REFINERY IMPORT OR RECEIPT
Ultimately, when a refinery/manufacturer certifies a batch of fuel as meeting the

specification, it is taking responsibility for the composition of the batch (and subsequent
batching that relies on the RCQ). This is particularly significant when a refinery has imported
jet fuel or blending components.
Sometimes refineries need to import jet fuel or blending components, this can be as a result
of:
1. a scheduled or unscheduled shutdown, or
2. a need to supplement production at an operational refinery.
Generally these imports are received from marine vessels, in which case the relevant
unloading procedures (see 8.3.5) shall be applied.
67
EI12/059
As this operation is not regularly carried out, a Management of Change procedure shall be
followed, and particular attention shall be given to the selection of the discharge line and
connection to the aviation fuel batching tanks. Jet fuel should be unloaded via a dedicated
pipeline, however if this is not possible then robust operational procedures shall be
implemented in order to manage effectively any risk to jet fuel quality. These operational
procedures should provide clear instructions regarding interface management and product
sequencing.
Each receipt of jet fuel shall be accompanied by the necessary documentation whose
conformance shall be verified before receipt. This documentation shall include a RCQ, and if
applicable a CoA and/or a RTC, and a RC.
The refinery shall verify that the jet fuel to be imported meets the requirements of the
relevant aviation fuel specification with particular attention paid to material composition and
additive content.
There are two possible scenarios for the storage of jet fuel import batches, requiring different
batching and certification procedures:
1. The import batch is mixed in tank with another certified jet fuel batch or batches.
2. The import batch is mixed in tank with an uncertified refinery batch (rundown batch).
Scenario 1:
The product shall be subject to a Recertification Test if received via a non-dedicated vessel
or a non-segregated system. Alternatively a CoA shall be issued citing a new batch number.
Note: It is not acceptable for a RCQ to be issued. The information relating to additive
concentration, hydro-processed content and synthetic components (if present) shall be
available on the original RCQs (if compliant with DEF STAN 91-91) which will be referenced
on the CoA.
Scenario 2:
A RCQ shall be issued.
8.3
RECEIPT PROCEDURES
8.3.1
Documentation
8.3.1.1 Any transfer of product to and from storage installations shall be supported by a
Release Certificate (RC).
8.3.1.2 Each receipt of aviation fuel shall be accompanied by a RCQ, a CoA and/or RTC
(whichever is applicable), covering the batch showing the fuel grade and confirming that it
meets the relevant specification. Batch number, density and other relevant information may
be communicated electronically in advance of the RCQ.
A record shall be maintained of the RC etc, and batch number, quantity and receiving
tank(s), together with the results of all tests carried out.
For fungible pipeline systems (i.e. pipeline systems with multiple input and delivery points
where fuel to the same specification is interchangeable) it may not be possible, for each
batch delivered ex-pipeline, to provide a CoA which identifies the originating refinery.
However, even in this situation, the pipeline operator shall have original RCQs and volume
data for all batches entering the system so that the authenticity of all product can be
assured.
68
8.3.2
EI12/059
Receipt general
8.3.2.1 At storage installations handling only aviation fuels, each grade should be received
via dedicated lines.
8.3.2.2 At storage installations handling multiple products, aviation fuels should be received
via dedicated lines. Where this is not possible, aviation fuels shall only be received via
segregated, white product cargo lines. Jet fuel should be received via lines reserved for
middle distillates (kerosene, gasoil, automotive diesel). Note: if the middle distillate contains
bio-components, the requirement for FAME testing shall be assessed (as described in
4.6.8). Aviation gasoline should be received via lines reserved for light distillates (gasoline,
special solvents, etc).
8.3.2.3 Wherever possible, product-to-product pumping should be adopted, without the
introduction of water to separate products or to clear lines handling aviation fuels. If lines
handling aviation fuels have to be left full of water, it should be fresh or suitably buffered (pH
neutral) water.
8.3.2.5 When receiving multi-product cargoes the discharge sequence should be arranged to
minimise the effects of interface contamination of the aviation grades. Leading and trailing
product interfaces shall be diverted into non-aviation storage or slop tanks.
8.3.2.6 One or more tanks shall be segregated for receipt of product, checked for water, and
any water removed before receipt begins. More than one vessel may be discharged into the
same tank.
8.3.2.7 Prior to product receipt, the outlet valves/lines shall be closed, sealed or locked either
physically on site or remotely via a control system to ensure unreleased product is not
inadvertently delivered from the tank during receipt.
8.3.2.8 Stock reconciliation is an important part of quality control when receiving aviation
fuels. Differences between delivered and received volumes shall be investigated carefully as
they may indicate that contamination or adulteration/theft has occurred.
8.3.3
Receipt from single grade pipeline
8.3.3.1 Before receipt starts, it shall be ensured that all valves are set correctly and that the
pumping sequence, timing, quantities and relevant densities are known. In the case of
pipelines that are not used regularly, it shall be ensured that all low points have been
drained, and if there is a chance that water has remained in the line, copper corrosion testing
should be performed on received fuel.
8.3.3.2 During the pumping of the product, samples shall be drawn as close as possible to
the Custody Transfer Point (CTP), as a minimum approximately 1 minute after liquid starts to
flow, approximately half way through the pumping period, approximately 5 minutes before
pumping is due to be completed, and at any change of batch. Each of the samples should
be subjected to a Control Check (and conductivity if SDA has been added to the fuel
upstream of this point). Results from the Control Check shall be documented.
8.3.3.3 If large amounts of water or solid contaminants, or abnormal density is noted, the
flow shall be stopped if possible, or diverted to a slop tank, and the pumping station of the
pipeline notified. Delivery into the storage tank shall only be resumed after clearance has
been given by the installation manager.
69
EI12/059
8.3.3.4 Automatic or continuous line monitoring systems that include calibrated

densitometers/ turbidity analysers (or equivalent) may be considered as equivalent to
8.3.3.2.
8.3.3.5 When the pump-over is complete, it shall be checked that the correct quantity has
been received. Inlet lines and valves of the relevant storage tanks shall be closed, sealed or
locked either physically on site or remotely via a control system.
8.3.4
Receipt from multi-product pipelines
8.3.4.1 Before receipt starts, it shall be ensured that all valves are set correctly and that the
pumping sequence, timing, quantities and relevant densities are known. In the case of
pipelines that are not used regularly, it shall be ensured that all low points have been
drained, and if there is a chance that water has remained in the line, copper corrosion testing
should be performed on received fuel.
8.3.4.2 Procedures similar to 8.3.3.2 and 8.3.3.3 shall be enforced but with samples drawn
as close as possible to the CTP approximately 1, 3 and 10 minutes after liquid starts to flow,
every two hours, approximately 5 minutes before pumping is due to be completed, and at
any change of batch, Additional testing of samples drawn during the transfer may be
performed to ensure that no cross-contamination has occurred.
8.3.4.3 The most important quality protection measure in multi-product pipeline movements
is the method of handling product interface cuts. Care should be taken to ensure that the
leading and trailing interface between the products handled in the pipeline are directed into
non-aviation storage.
8.3.4.4 To limit the degradation of jet fuel due to interface comingling or pipeline pick-up,
leading and trailing consignments should be one of the following products, listed in order of
preference.
light distillate feedstock (naphtha);
middle distillates;
motor gasoline.
Pipeline drag reducing additives (DRAs) may be present in these non-aviation products and
it is essential that strict controls are in place to avoid any contamination of jet fuel with DRAs.
The injection of DRA into other products preceding a jet fuel parcel should be stopped
sufficiently in advance of the jet fuel interface to avoid any possibility of the jet fuel picking up
even traces of DRA.
8.3.4.5 In the case of jet fuels, where there is a possibility of contamination with gasoline,
flash point may need to be measured on pump-over samples depending on parcel size,
length of pipeline and knowledge of the supplying location pipeline configuration.
8.3.4.6 Certain product additives are known to be harmful to aviation fuels because of their
surface active properties. When products containing these additives precede aviation fuel
pipeline consignments, there is a danger that the resultant pick-up can lead to quality
problems.
Where harmful additives are known to be included in products intended for transportation
within multi-product pipelines carrying aviation products, the carrier company should be
requested to exclude the additives from the product entering the pipeline and injection
should take place after the break-out points.
70
EI12/059
8.3.4.7 When the pump-over is complete, it shall be checked that the correct quantity has
been received. Inlet lines and valves of the relevant storage tanks shall be closed, sealed or
locked either physically on site or remotely via a control system.
8.3.5
Receipt from ocean tanker or coastal/inland waterway vessel
Aviation fuels should, whenever possible, be delivered to storage by dedicated vessels and
be discharged through completely grade-segregated systems.
A dedicated vessel is one which transports exclusively one grade of product in all cargo
compartments and which has transported the same grade during the previous three journeys
(refer to EI HM50 Guidelines for the cleaning of tanks and lines for marine tank vessels
carrying petroleum and refined products for more detailed guidance). A vessel that uses
cargo tanks for ballast on return journeys, irrespective of the previous cargo carried, shall be
treated as a non-dedicated delivery system.
Ocean tankers (vessels greater than 20 000 tonnes deadweight) shall not be considered
dedicated under any circumstances due to the complex nature of their compartments and
piping arrangements. (Note: ships under 20,000tones are not necessarily dedicated).
8.3.5.1 Procedures before discharge
(a)
The vessels papers shall be checked to ensure that all documents are readily
available. Documents to be checked are:
(i)
RC;
(ii)
RCQ, CoA and/or RTC (whichever is applicable)
(iii)
Bill of Lading;
(iv)
Ullage report;
(v)
Recertification Test results on the ships loaded samples if applicable (see
10.1.5), which may be transmitted to the receipt location by fax or email;
(vi)
Inspectors (Surveyors) Report from load port, including previous cargo and
cleaning procedures;
(vii)
Inventory of samples;
(viii) Loading plan (if available)
(b)
A check shall be made to ascertain that all of the deck cargo accesses of the vessel
are closed and secured.
(c)
If the ullage in any compartment differs greatly from the loading figures shown on the
ullage report (more than +/- 0,2%), the ships Master should be consulted. If no
satisfactory explanation is obtained, the suspect compartment should not be
discharged and the supplying company should be advised. Fuel in the suspect
compartment may be unloaded only if the results of a Recertification Test carried out
on a Composite Sample from the compartment are satisfactory.
(d)
All vessel cargo tanks shall be checked for the presence of water using a suitable
water finding paste. If significant levels of water are observed the ships Master and
the supplying company concerned shall be advised promptly. Contingency plans,
agreed with supplying companies, should be available to deal with this situation.
These should include discharge plans to minimise the amount of water contamination
and, if possible, requesting the vessel to strip the bottom from each compartment.
(e)
A 1-litre (1 USQ) Running Sample shall be taken from each compartment and
checked according to the Control Check. If satisfactory results are obtained and the
corrected density at 15C is within 3kg/m3 of the results reported on the RC, product
can be accepted. For dedicated inland waterway vessels it is permissible to combine
up to three compartments for the Control Check.
The conductivity of these samples should also be checked so that, if necessary,
static dissipater additive can be added during discharge in a manner that ensures
adequate mixing with the product (see 7.9.3.4).
71
(f)
(g)
EI12/059
If the results of the Control Check are not satisfactory, the supplying company
concerned shall be advised, a letter of protest shall be served on the ships Master,
and the vessel shall not be discharged unless and until agreed by the receiving
location. Contingency plans, agreed with the supplying companies, should be
available to deal with this situation.
Additional Multiple Tank Composite Samples for retention shall be prepared using
suitable containers and sealed in the presence of the ships Master or his
representative. These samples need not be tested unless the quality of the
consignment is subsequently questioned. They shall be retained at the installation
until at least 2 days after complete exhaustion of the relevant batch(es).
Establish with the responsible Ships Officer the sequence of off-loading different
products, pumping procedures, etc., taking account of the following product quality
requirements:
Avoiding contaminating aviation fuels with other products.
Avoiding contaminating aviation fuels with water.
8.3.5.2. Procedures during discharge

During discharge of the product, samples shall be drawn from the receipt pipeline at a point
as close to the ship as possible for a Control Check. For dedicated vessels, line samples
shall be drawn approximately 5 minutes after starting and immediately before the end of
discharge. For receipt from non-dedicated vessels, samples shall also be taken at least
every 2 hours during discharge. Additional testing of samples drawn during the discharge of
multi-product cargoes may be performed to ensure that no cross-contamination has
occurred. Automatic or continuous line monitoring systems that include calibrated
densitometers/ turbidity analysers (or equivalent) may be considered as equivalent to the
above monitoring to enable the start and finish of the aviation fuel parcel to be determined.
The interface shall be diverted to appropriate ground fuel/non-aviation product or slops tank.
Any observed contamination should be reported immediately to the ships Master or his
representative. If gross amounts of water or dirt are observed the discharge should be
stopped and the situation investigated. The supplying company concerned shall be advised
promptly. Contingency plans, agreed with supplying companies, should be available to deal
with this situation.
The simultaneous discharge of two products of product is only permitted if the ships cargo
tanks and lines, discharge manifold and shore-lines are fully segregated.
8.3.5.3 Procedures after discharge
After discharge, the vessel compartments should be checked to ensure that they are empty
and to verify that the correct quantity has been discharged.
Inlet lines and valves of the relevant storage tanks shall be closed, sealed or locked either
physically on site or remotely via a control system.
8.3.6
Receipt from road tanker or rail tank car
8.3.6.1 On arrival at the installation the road tanker or rail tank cars should be checked to
ensure that the seals (on manlids and on outlet and filling points) are intact and that the
grade markings on the sides and at the outlets are correct. A copy of the RC (see example in
Annex D) and, where the road tanker or rail tank cars are not grade dedicated, details of the
previous load carried and the cleaning certificate shall be checked before receipt of the
product.
8.3.6.2 Any trace of free settled water in compartments shall be drained off. If a sample fails
the Appearance Check, a minimum settling time of 5 minutes should be observed, the line
72
EI12/059
flushed and a fresh sample taken for another Appearance Check. If the sample fails the
Appearance Check the product should not be discharged until further assessment confirms it
is appropriate to do so. In such cases, the supply source concerned should be notified. If the
product is rejected, the reason for the rejection should be entered on the road tanker or rail
tank cars RC.
8.3.6.3 Drain samples shall be drawn from each compartment and checked according to the
Control Check. Up to three compartments on any one road tanker or rail tank car may be
combined for density determination. The corrected density shall agree within 3 kg/m3 with the
results of the batch density of the product in the tank from which the vehicle is loaded and
reported on the RC. If the difference in corrected standard reference temperature density
exceeds 3 kg/m3, the vehicle shall not be discharged unless a satisfactory explanation is
obtained from the supplying location (for example density differences due to tank layering or
a change of batch during loading) and confirmed in writing as soon as possible. Written
records of the results of all checks, including the determined and corrected density figures
shall be kept.
Where road tankers with compartment discharge lines manifolded together are in use,
obtaining representative samples from each compartment can be a difficult and timeconsuming process. In some cases, individual sample lines from the bottom of each
compartment can simplify the procedure. Alternatively, the following procedure shall be
followed:
Open the manifold outlet and ensure that the manifold is empty.
Open fully the foot valve of the first compartment (preferably the one furthest from the
manifold outlet) for sufficient time to flush a 5-litre sample through the manifold into a
sampling container. Perform a Control Check on this sample.
Repeat this procedure for each compartment in turn.
8.3.6.4 Where rail tank cars are not equipped with valves for draining low points, alternative
procedures and equipment should be used to ensure effective removal of free water and
sediment and to provide samples for a Control Check.
8.3.6.5 After discharge the compartments should be checked to ensure that they are empty
and to verify that the correct quantity has been discharged.
8.3.6.6 Inlet lines and valves of the relevant storage tanks shall be closed, sealed or locked
either physically on site or remotely via a control system.
8.4
QUALITY CONTROL AND RELEASE PROCEDURES
8.4.1 Tank isolation

After product has been received into a tank, the stock shall be isolated by closing and
sealing/locking the inlet valves/lines and a unique identifier (e.g. a batch number) assigned.
A system to indicate the status of the product in the tank shall be used. This can be
achieved, for example, by positioning a settling sign at the tank outlet valve or by the use of
a control system to ensure that the valves remain closed and secured until product release
has been approved. Where tank isolation is achieved by means of block and bleed valves,
and where the bleed valve in the body bleed system is required to remain closed for
environmental reasons, routine checks shall be carried out. If the bleed checks indicate that
one of the block valves does not seal completely or has been opened in error, then the
possibility shall be considered that contamination of the new batch has taken place, either
into or out of the tank.
73
EI12/059
8.4.2 Product settling and draining

A key requirement of international aviation fuel specifications is to ensure that aviation fuels
are free from dirt and water. Product settling plays an important role in removing dirt and water
to achieve clear and bright product and reducing the risk of microbiological growth. As water
solubility in the fuel is dependent on temperature, special attention needs to be paid in
refineries where product from rundown units has to cool down to ambient temperature so that
the dissolved water can precipitate.
To ensure that dry product is delivered, it is recommended that refineries introduce
additional internal control to provide assurances that cooling haze/trace water contamination
is reduced. For example, vulnerable areas in the refinerys production process can be
identified and chemical water detector testing, and/or water content testing by Karl Fischer,
implemented as part of regular process monitoring.
After receipt, tank contents should be left to settle for at least 30 minutes. Upper, Middle and
Lower samples shall then be taken and checked to confirm:
(a)
the density of each sample to establish homogeneity of product within the tank;
(b)
freedom from visible sediment and suspended water.
If (a) and (b) are satisfactory, proceed with sampling and testing as defined in 8.4.3.
Where 8.4.2 (a) indicates layering in the tank, i.e. density difference between layers is
greater than 3 kg/m3, in refineries or manufacturing locations blending synthetic fuel
components, further mixing or circulation of the product shall be performed.
Where 8.4.2 (a) indicates layering in the tank, i.e. density difference between layers is
greater than 3 kg/m3, in storage locations not blending synthetic components, proceed as in
8.4.3.4 (a) and (d). Where facilities and circumstances permit, the tank contents should be
circulated to ensure the homogeneity of the product before sampling.
Where (b) above cannot initially be achieved, further settling of the product shall be
performed until clear and bright samples are obtained.
If tank construction prevents the taking of upper, middle and lower samples, alternative
documented methods of ensuring batch homogeneity, such as jetstream mixers, shall be
applied. If tanks are provided with outlet filtration meeting the requirements of EI 1581
Specification and qualification procedures for aviation jet fuel filter/separators 5th edition, and
a floating suction, a two hour minimum settling time is allowed for jet fuel and 45 minutes for
aviation gasoline. Where this is not the case jet fuel shall settle for a minimum of 3 hours per
metre depth of fuel or 24 hours, whichever is less, and avgas for 45 minutes per metre depth
of fuel.
It should be remembered that since some time may elapse between batching, testing and
delivery of the jet fuel, water might subsequently come out of solution from the jet fuel due to
cooling. This free water will normally settle by gravity and collect at the bottom of the tank,
but some may remain in suspension resulting in fuel with hazy appearance. Such product
should not be released until the haze has cleared.
As a minimum, tanks should be drained:
before receipt into tank
after settling;
before putting tank on delivery;
daily when on delivery; and
weekly if not on delivery.
74
8.4.3
EI12/059
Product testing
8.4.3.1 General
Provided upper, middle and lower samples are clear and bright and within the density
difference described in 8.4.2, a composite sample shall be prepared for RCQ, CoA, RTC
testing or a Control Check.
If tank layering is a regular issue for a location, measures such as tank mixers should be
used to produce a homogenous batch.
8.4.3.2 Tanks supplied by dedicated and segregated systems from rundown units in
refineries or where synthetic jet fuel is blended
After the product has been received through separate lines into batching tankage, sampling
and RCQ testing shall be carried out as described in 8.4.3.2 a) to c):
(a)
If Upper, Middle and Lower Samples are homogeneous, a Composite Sample shall
be prepared for RCQ testing or, for synthetic jet fuel blends, a CoA.
(b)
After satisfactory certification test results have been obtained and the product has
settled for the minimum settling period, it may be released following the release
procedures in 8.4.4.
(c)
Record all results.
It shall be noted that the procedure for layered tank release (described in 8.4.3.4) is not
acceptable for refineries and other points of manufacture blending synthetic fuels.
8.4.3.3 Tanks at a Terminal supplied by a dedicated and segregated system
Where product is received via fully segregated systems and a dedicated pipeline,
coastal/inland waterway vessel or road/rail tank car, product shall be batched and a Control
Check shall be carried out.
(a)
If Upper, Middle and Lower Samples demonstrate the tank is homogeneous, a
Composite Sample shall be prepared for a Control Check.
(b)
The observed density at the standard reference temperature shall be compared with
the expected value based on the known batch densities of the receipts made into the
tank. If the observed and expected densities differ by less than 3 kg/m3 then release
procedures can be followed.
(c)
If the observed density differs by more than 3kg/m3 from the expected value, there
could be a problem, and the matter requires further investigation and communication
with potential fuel receivers. See procedure for layered tank release (described in
8.4.3.4 (c) and (d)).
Note: Layered tank release is not acceptable for refineries and where synthetic jet
fuel is blended.
(d)
Record all results.
8.4.3.4 Tanks at a Terminal supplied by a non-dedicated and/or non-segregated system
After the product has been received through separate lines into receipt tankage, sampling
and certification or recertification testing shall be carried out.
(a)
If Upper, Middle and Lower Samples are homogeneous, a Composite Sample shall
be prepared for laboratory testing, i.e. certification or Recertification Test.
(b)
After satisfactory certification or Recertification Test results have been obtained and
the product has settled for the minimum settling period, it may be released following
procedures in 8.4.4. If the results are not satisfactory then the batches shall remain
quarantined until further testing has established that the fuel is acceptable, or
downgraded to non-aviation use.
75
(c)
EI12/059
If Upper, Middle and Lower Samples demonstrate the tank is not homogeneous
(indicating layering within the tank), then the following tests shall be carried out on
each sample:
Jet fuel: Density, Flash Point, Initial Boiling Point, End Point
Avgas: Density, RVP, Octane Rating (lean mixture), End Point.
A Composite Sample shall then be prepared for laboratory testing, i.e. certification or
Recertification Test.
(d)
Where the certification or Recertification Test on the Composite Sample is

satisfactory, local written instructions are required to address the possibility of
releasing layered product. Such instructions shall include, as a minimum:
comparison of the results from Upper, Middle, Lower samples with the receipt
documentation to establish that they are within acceptable differences;
communication of the layered tank results to potential receivers of the fuel, and
ensuring that when Control Checks are undertaken downstream of the tank the
appropriate density is used for comparisons.
Note: Layered tank release is not acceptable for refineries and where synthetic jet
fuel is blended.
Record all results.
8.4.3.5 In storage installations where fuels contain SDA, measure the conductivity and
temperature on completion of settling.
8.4.3.6 When RCQ, CoA or RTC is required, additional 5-litre Composite Samples shall be
prepared for each tank and these samples shall be retained. The samples can be retained
by the storage installation, Laboratory or Inspection Company. A record of retention sample
custody should be maintained. Retention periods should be established to suit local
regulations. As a minimum retention samples for each tank shall be available for the current
and the previous product batch (typically 60 days) to accommodate the use date. Suitable
sealed containers (see chapter 4), clearly labelled with the date, tank and batch number,
shall be used.
8.4.4 Product release
The decision to release product shall be based not only on the laboratory certifying
compliance with the relevant fuel specification and it being fit-for purpose, but also on fuel
having been handled in accordance with this publication. This includes production and/or
storage and/or the transportation operation departments (usually considered as Oil
Movements) confirming that the product was produced and handled under normal conditions
(note possible impact of abnormal conditions on product quality, see chapter 3), samples
were representative, valve positions and line ups were set correctly, tanks settled, drained,
etc.
8.4.4.1 Product release procedure
Product shall not be released from storage for delivery until:
Product has been settled in accordance with 8.4.2 and tested in accordance with 8.4.3.
Results of RCQ, CoA, RTC or Control Check testing (whichever is applicable), show the
assigned batch number, are compliant with the specification limits and requirements and,
in storage installations, meet the requirements of Recertification Testing (where
applicable).
Any water and/or sediment collected at the bottom of the tank has been drained.
All required tests and checks have been completed and results recorded.
76
EI12/059
After satisfactory completion of the steps above, a RC (see Annex D) shall be prepared and
approved by an authorised person and the status of the tank (see 8.4.1) shall be changed
from settling to released. This includes controls on the status of inlet lines and valves
(closed) and outlet lines and valves of the relevant storage tanks. The operation shall be
recorded.
If conductivity of Jet A-1 is below an acceptable level it may be necessary to add static
dissipator additive during product transfer (see chapter 7).
8.5
PROCEDURE FOR SDA RE-DOPING
To ensure that acceptable levels of conductivity are achieved at airport depots it may be
necessary to add SDA to Jet A-1. The minimum acceptable conductivity level should be
established by the manager, taking into account the typical reduction in conductivity
experienced between the storage installation and the airport(s) and the options for adding
SDA downstream of the storage installation. Further details can be found in chapter 7.
8.5.1 If the documentation for a receipt by pipeline or from a road tanker or rail tank car
indicates that the conductivity may be low, but within specification, the conductivity should be
checked on a sample drawn at the start of the receipt and static dissipater additive added if
necessary.
8.5.2 If the conductivity of samples drawn from coastal/inland waterway vessels before
discharge is low, it may be necessary to add SDA.
8.5.3 When additive is blended into aviation fuel, written procedures for quality control,
documentation and safe handling shall be prepared and applied. Items normally covered
include:
(a)
Additive received to be clearly identified as a grade approved by the fuel
specification.
(b)
Each receipt to be accompanied by documentation verifying identity.
(c)
The additive batch documentation to be checked for validity before release for
blending.
(d)
Released additive to be held in a clearly designated storage area. Storage and
handling procedures are to be in accordance with the manufacturers
recommendations.
(e)
Only qualified operators to decant additive, refill the blending equipment and/or adjust
the injection rate. The addition rate, taking account of any pre-dilution of the additive,
to be monitored at regular intervals.
(f)
The effectiveness of blending to be verified by taking Upper, Middle and Lower
Samples, after tank contents have settled, and checking each sample for
conductivity.
8.5.4 The amount of SDA required shall take into account the maximum cumulative
concentration permitted by the relevant fuel specification, and the amount of additive already
introduced upstream. The total quantity of SDA that has been added to each batch of Jet A-1
shall be recorded on the RTC or RC.
8.5.5
The means of addition of SDA shall be as described in chapter 7.
8.6
OFF-SPECIFICATION PRODUCT
Product that does not meet the aviation fuel specification parameters or is not fit for purpose
shall be considered off-specification. Any off-specification product shall not be released as
aviation fuel.
77
8.7
EI12/059
DOCUMENTATION
8.7.1 Records quality control

The results of all significant checks and testing shall be documented, and be readily
available, kept up-to-date and retained for a minimum of 1 year (see 8.8.3). Records may be
held electronically provided that a back-up system is in place. The records shall include, but
not be limited to:
All mandatory checks detailed in this publication, including:
Details of incoming consignments: RCQ/CoA and RC, loading and discharge plans,
sample plan, quantity, including date and time.
Batching, number allocated, testing and delivery tank details, settling, draining and
release checks including line and valve position controls.
Product receipt including production, deliveries and transfers including date/time when
tanks put in service.
Periodic Test Certificates.
RCQ, CoA, RTC (whichever is applicable) and RCs covering outgoing consignments.
8.7.2 Release documentation
Any transfer of product shall be supported by a Release Certificate (see chapter 2).
78
EI12/059
9 FINISHED PRODUCT: STORAGE DESIGN

FEATURES AND HANDLING PROCEDURES
9.1
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
The application of robust procedures and facility design principles is essential to ensure that
aviation fuels do not become contaminated, are clean and dry, on-specification and fit for
their intended purpose.
9.1.1 Any new installation, or modification or extension to existing facilities shall be
designed and constructed in accordance with recognized industry standards for aviation
fuels.
9.1.2 Tanks and pipework at storage installations shall be designed and maintained to
preserve the integrity of the product.
9.1.3 Facilities used for storage of aviation fuels shall be segregated from facilities storing
and handling other products. There shall also be segregation between certified and
uncertified aviation fuels at a refinery, and between batched and unbatched aviation fuels at
storage installations. The grade-segregation requirement for pipelines may not be
achievable for receipts from or deliveries into multiproduct pipelines, or where non-dedicated
pipe work is used for the discharge or loading of mixed cargoes on coastal/inland waterway
or seagoing vessels. This is only acceptable where the system is so designed as to facilitate
the detection and appropriate downgrading of product interfaces, and where there is
segregation between the tank pipework and the multiproduct infrastructure (e.g. manifold)
used to separate the products. In storage installations that handle biofuels and/or biofuel
components (FAME, ethanol), extra precautions need to be taken to avoid crosscontamination of aviation fuels.
9.1.4 All tanks and pipework at storage installations shall be made of materials which are
inert to the product. The thermal stability of jet fuels can be degraded by the presence of
very low concentrations of copper, or by finely divided particulate matter. Zinc and cadmium
are two other metals that adversely affect product quality although their impact is less than
that of copper and iron. Consequently, copper or cadmium alloys, cadmium plating,
galvanized steel, zinc rich internal coatings or plastic materials shall not be used in
applications in contact with aviation fuel. Materials such as stainless steel, carbon-steel or
aluminium shall be used.
Pipework, vessels and tanks shall be fabricated from either carbon steel, internally epoxylined carbon steel or from stainless steel. These restrictions also apply to piping or
components used for drain or sample lines, pressure gauge tappings, or any other small
parts of the facilities in contact with the fuel.
Assurance that product integrity is maintained with lined components should be achieved by
following the requirements of EI 1541 Performance requirements for protective coating
systems used in aviation fuel storage tanks and piping. The materials should be qualified
against EI 1541 and soak tested accordingly. If any special materials like glass fibre resins,
concrete, etc. are to be used for lining, repairing or re-bottoming tanks, the operator shall
satisfy itself that these materials will have no effect on the properties of the fuel to be stored
79
EI12/059
and the fuel has no adverse effect on the materials. Testing according to EI 1541 section 2.2
should be adopted.
9.1.5 Individual commissioning procedures shall be developed and performed for all new
facilities, and for extensions/modifications to existing facilities. Commissioning procedures
shall be in accordance with recognised industry standards. All commissioning procedures
shall be written for each facility, addressing site-specific requirements and hazards. The
commissioning procedures shall be reviewed by a competent person. The commissioning
procedures shall assign specific responsibilities for each activity to an individual and include
a permit to work system and a sign-off procedure. Records documenting the different tasks
and steps shall be maintained.
All of the piping, fittings, pumps, valves, additive injection system, filters, tanks and other
equipment intended for use with aviation fuels shall be pressure tested (for strength and
integrity), thoroughly cleaned, soak tested and flushed until they meet defined acceptance
criteria before they are used with aviation fuels.
Minimum fuel quality acceptance criteria are:
a successful pass of pressure strength and integrity tests;
a successful pass on a post-lining and pre-soak test;
a successful pass for soak test laboratory analysis results;
successful flushing at maximum pump capacity;
acceptable fuel samples (visually clear and bright and water-free) drawn from tank
bottoms, filter sumps, pipeline drain points and any other sampling location, and
signed-off by an authorized person that facilities are suitable for the receipt, storage and
onward transport of aviation fuel.
9.1.6 A set of critical drawings of the storage installation shall be available on site. The
minimum requirements are to have drawings showing:
General Layout - showing the key elements of the site (tanks, traffic flow, process areas,
civil structures).
Piping & Instrumentation Diagram (with shutdown functions incorporated or shown
separately in a Cause and Effect Chart)
A Process Flow Diagram.
Drainage System Layout - a P&ID should also be created if the layout drawing does not
show the function clearly.
Critical drawings shall be updated after any modification or system change.
An example of a process flow diagram is shown schematically in Figure 6.
Insert example
Figure 6 Example process flow diagram
80
EI12/059
9.1.7 Instructions for performing the product receipt and delivery/filling operations shall be
easily available or clearly displayed for reference by the persons operating the equipment.
9.1.8 Pump start/stop switches at product receipt and loading areas and emergency
shutdown buttons should be safely accessible and clearly identified.
9.2
DELIVERY MODE DEFINITIONS
Indirect delivery: where a storage installation delivers to an intermediate storage

installation
Direct delivery: where a storage installation delivers directly to an airport facility, via e.g. a
dedicated truck, rail, pipeline or barge system.
It is normal industry practice for jet fuel supplied directly to airports from storage installations
to meet certain product quality standards and cleanliness (in terms of dirt and water). These
standards are normally achieved by a combination of facilities and procedures.
In cases where a refinery supplies both directly and indirectly from the same tankage and
pipework, the more stringent direct delivery requirements apply.
9.3
TANKAGE AND PIPEWORK DESIGN
The requirements of this section apply to the storage of aviation fuel, and also of
components such as straight run, wet treated, hydroprocessed and synthetic kerosines, or
Avgas component streams before they are blended in finished product tanks. Although such
component tanks mainly exist at refineries, they also occur at terminals that blend synthetic
with conventional jet fuel.
9.3.1 Number and size
The number and size of tanks should be sufficient for the location volume turnover to provide
adequate working capacity and to allow for settling, testing and tank cleaning requirements.
9.3.2 Preventing dirt and water ingress
Tanks shall be designed to avoid ingress of water and dirt.
9.3.3 Vent requirements
Free vent devices should be installed for jet fuel storage tanks, unless otherwise specified by
local legislation. Where the expected operating temperature range will be close to or exceed
the flash point of jet fuel, an internal floating roof should be fitted. Pressure/vacuum relief
valves shall be installed for above-ground tanks storing Avgas. Free vent devices may be
used for buried Avgas tanks. Screens to prevent the ingress of foreign bodies should have a
coarse mesh with minimum 5 mm (0,25 in.) holes. Note: Local legislation may also require
the use of flame arresters.
9.3.4 Roof type
New tanks, or tanks brought into aviation fuel service, shall have fixed roofs.
It should be noted that existing tanks may have open floating roofs, which are much more
prone to rainwater ingress and fine rust and dirt particle generation via abrasion in the rim
seal area.
81
EI12/059
If there is a requirement for open floating roof tanks to stay in use, appropriate facilities
and/or procedures shall be in place, e.g. the use of triple rim seals, to ensure that rainwater
and dirt entering the system do not get transferred with the product, or have an impact on
product quality. In the longer term, floating roof tanks should be converted or replaced.
9.3.5 Tank water, sediment and sampling management system
Tanks shall have a means for effective removal of water and sediment. Tanks should have
slope down bottoms to a centre sump with a fixed water draw-off line. Horizontal tanks
should be installed with a continuous slope of 1:50 minimum, and vertical tanks should have
a cone-down bottom with a continuous slope of 1:30 minimum to a centre sump.
It is recognised that optimum designs for large diameter tanks may include a cone-up tank
bottom with a minimum of three radial sump drain points. Irrespective of tank design, dip
hatches shall be positioned above each drain point to enable water measurement.
It is recognized that existing storage tanks may have different bottom types such as flat,
cone up or sloped to one side. These tank bottom types make complete water removal much
more difficult, as often undrainable areas of water exist and therefore significantly increase
the risk of microbiological contamination.
In case of flat, cone up or sloping to one side bottom types, appropriate equipment and
procedures shall be in place to provide effective water draining. Examples of how this could
be achieved include ring draining lines, additional draining lines into identified low points
after bottom level scaling, or large volume flushing at high flowrates. The effectiveness of the
draining procedures could be determined by taking true bottom samples with a bottom dip
sampler from opposite sides of the draining line.
The drain line shall be fitted with a suitable, preferably self-closing (spring-loaded or
equivalent) valve for the draining of water and sediment. The line shall be of a diameter
appropriate for the size of the tank.
Tank draining systems shall allow safe and efficient fast-flush water draining of the storage
tank through the sump. The fast-flush line shall also incorporate a sample point to enable a
flowing sample to be taken. To allow recovery of the drained product, and for water to be
drawn off at high flow rates, tank drain lines should lead into large capacity receiving
vessels. This enables the site to over-flush without product loss, as the product can be
returned via an appropriate return system. Vessels should be designed with cone down
bottoms and a drain valve to enable the removal of water before returning the product to the
tank. An example of a suitable design is shown in Figure 7.
82
D
DRAFT EI/JIG 153
30 FOR STAKEHO
OLDER REVIEW. Copyright EI & JIG 2012
P
Please submit anyy comments to mh
h@energyinst.org by 4 January 2013
F
Figure 7 Exam
mple of a suitab
ble design of prroduct recovery
y vessel
83
EI12/059
EI12/059
9.3.6 Lining
At least the bottom and first metre of the walls of all new tanks, tanks classified as delivering
directly to airports, and tanks that are brought into jet fuel service (converted from other
products) shall be coated internally. Full lining is considered best practice. A light-coloured
epoxy material, confirmed as being compatible with aviation fuels in accordance with EI
1541 Performance requirements for protective coating systems used in aviation fuel storage
tanks and piping shall be used. Zinc rich coatings shall not be used.
Where existing tanks that are classified as direct delivery are not lined, a plan shall be
developed to line them (at least the bottom and first metre of the walls) as soon as
practicable.
For existing indirect delivery tanks, consideration should be given to the benefits of lining.
Fully lining a tank facilitates the maintenance of product quality/cleanliness and protects
against corrosion. Note: Dirt and water are less likely to adhere to lined tank walls and
bottoms, settle out more easily, and can then be removed during tank draining. With lined
tanks, the risk of microbiological growth is reduced, tank cleaning is less time consuming
and possibly less frequent and downstream filter life is likely to be longer. The requirements
of 9.3.6 are shown schematically in Table 9.
Table 9 EI/JIG 1530 requirements for internal lining of storage tanks
Tank scenario
Internal lining requirement
Newly constructed tank
Lining of the bottom and first 1 metre of walls
Existing tanks that deliver directly Lining of the bottom and first 1 metre of walls. If not
to airports
currently the case, upgrade as soon as practicable
Tanks brought into jet fuel service
Lining of the bottom and first 1 metre of walls
Existing tanks that do not deliver No lining requirement, but consider the benefits of
directly to airports
lining
9.3.7 Separate inlet and outlet tank lines
All tanks shall be fitted with separate inlet and outlet pipe work systems. This is to ensure
that only fully batched/certified product is delivered.
Where existing tanks have a common inlet/outlet line, a plan shall be developed to upgrade.
Until the upgrade is completed, procedures shall be in place to ensure that the line is flushed
clear of unbatched product before delivery and to ensure that the line is filled only with
certified product. All line clearings shall be downgraded or diverted to product tankage and
shall be rebatched and recertified before release.
The accumulation of water in inlet or outlet tank line low points is not acceptable. Where this
occurs, it will either require draining from the low point or high velocity flushing on a regular
basis. The frequency of flushing should be determined by documented experience.
9.3.8 Positive segregation
The operation of valves on tanks shall provide assurance that inlet and outlet valves are
counter-locked or interlocked so that the inlet cannot be open (even slightly) or reopen once
the outlet valve is opened. Examples of how this can be achieved are preferably IT control of
motor-operated valves (MOVs), physical blocking with chains or Castell or similar locks, or
84
EI12/059
manual control check sheets.

This control system shall additionally provide the tank status information, e.g. the position of
the valves, when valves are opened or closed after production, awaiting certification and
when put on delivery (change of internal ownership) including the identification of the
releasing person.
In refineries that do not deliver directly to an airport storage depot, it is acceptable to
segregate certified and uncertified aviation fuel at the batching tanks with single valve
isolation provided that systems and procedures are in place to assure that valves are not bypassing and that unit rundown property controls exist. The unit rundown tests need to
provide assurance that only controlled components run into tankage and the risk of any
contamination with incidental material via the single valve segregation is eliminated.
Where aviation fuel is received or exported through non-dedicated systems such as ships,
multi-product pipelines, rail or road, the more stringent requirements of positive segregation
shall apply to isolate the tank from non-aviation products. A single sealing arrangement is
not acceptable.
Positive segregation shall be achieved by:
a double block and bleed (DBB) valve arrangement. This can either be a single DBB
valve with two independent seals and a cavity between them or two valves with a drain
arrangement in a pipe spool between them. (when the valves are in a closed position the
cavity or drain spool shall be checked to confirm no product is passing, see 9.5.1.6); or
spectacle blinds, spades or equivalent; or
removable distance pieces like spools or flanges.
Thermal relief valve (TRV) lines for aviation fuel systems shall not be interconnected with
TRV lines for any other fuel grade.
TRVs on tank inlet-lines shall not by-pass to storage tanks (e.g. Inlet line TRVs should be
connected to a tank-side fast flush tank or product recovery unit). TRVs on tank outlet lines
may by-pass to storage tanks provided that they are fitted with a non-return valve to prevent
reverse flow.
9.3.9 Floating suction / tank outlet
A means shall be provided to minimise dirt/water contamination uptake during delivery from
storage tanks. This may be achieved by the use of either a floating suction arm or an
upturned or slotted suction pipe.
The minimum requirement in all cases is that product cannot be drawn from less than 40 cm
(16 in.) above the tank floor in vertical tanks, or 15 cm (6 in.) above the tank bottom in
horizontal tanks (at high end of tank). A floating suction shall include a means to support the
inlet to meet this requirement.
Where there is a risk of high levels of airborne particulates, upturned or slotted suction pipes
are preferred for tanks without internal floating roofs.
In cases where internal floating roofs/covers are installed, it is necessary to ensure that the
floating suction will not interfere with the operation of the floating cover.
85
EI12/059
9.3.10 Markings
Tanks and pipelines shall be clearly numbered and marked with the grade stored in
accordance with EI 1542 Identification markings for dedicated aviation fuel manufacturing
and distribution facilities, airport storage and mobile fuelling equipment and, show the date of
the most recent internal inspection and cleaning. If IT systems provide sufficient detailed
monitoring of these intervals, labelling on tanks is not required. Flow directional arrows shall
be indicated on all pipe work.
Tanks that contain or have contained leaded products in the past shall be labelled
accordingly on the tank access chamber(s).
9.3.11 Access/entry point
A means of tank entry for personnel shall be provided to enable gas freeing and cleaning
operations.
9.3.12 Gauge hatches
Gauge hatches shall be provided to enable sampling and tank dipping.
9.4
FILTRATION AND FUEL CLEANLINESS
9.4.1 General
At strategic points in the transfer of product to and from storage tanks, provision shall be
made for improvement and maintenance of product cleanliness by the use of filtration and
monitoring equipment, which shall be specified in quality control procedures.
Downstream locations have an expectation of acceptable fuel cleanliness (product free from
water and solids) over and above the basic RCQ requirements i.e. clear and bright. In
principle, problems of dirt or water contamination should be addressed as close to their
source as possible, to eliminate or minimize the likelihood of supply disruptions or quality
complaints from product recipients.
For information on maintaining aviation fuel cleanliness see EI 1550.
9.4.2 Microfiltration systems and vessels, mesh strainers
Microfiltration systems are those that comply with the performance requirements of EI 1581
5th edition (for filter/water separators), EI 1583 Laboratory tests and minimum performance
levels for aviation fuel filter monitors 6th edition (for filter monitors) or EI 1590 Specification
and qualification procedures for aviation fuel microfilters 2nd edition (for microfilters).
All new vessels for microfiltration systems shall meet the requirements of EI 1596. All
existing vessels in service shall be assessed against the requirements of EI 1596 as part of
the process to establish whether they remain fit for purpose or require upgrading (see EI
1550 for further information).
Mesh strainers (often referred to as filters) are not controlled by an industry standard, but are
often used to provide protection for pumps by capturing any coarse debris in a system.
Users should satisfy themselves that materials used in strainers are compatible with jet fuel.
Note: Clay treatment is sometimes incorrectly referred to as filtration. For further details see
Annex B.
9.4.3 Into-storage filtration
It is recommended that filter/water separators meeting EI 1581 5th edition should be installed
86
EI12/059
at into-storage locations. For road and rail receipt points handling Avgas only, a five micron
microfilter may be installed instead of a filter/water separator. The use of into-storage
filter/water separators at pre-airfield terminals is a recommendation of API 1595.
9.4.4
Out of storage filtration
9.4.4.1 For deliveries to another storage installation upstream of an airport, mesh strainers
(when used for product quality purposes) of at least 60 micron nominal rating (200
mesh/linear inch) shall be installed at road or rail tank car loading points and at entry into
lined delivery pipelines. Microfiltration is not required when delivering to an intermediate
storage installation or when transferring fuel at a refinery from an indirect tank to a direct
service tank (see 9.4.4.2). However, if microfiltration is installed, it shall be well maintained
and monitored.
9.4.4.2 For jet fuel deliveries directly to airport service tanks, filter/water separators meeting
EI 1581 5th edition shall be installed as the minimum filtration requirement at road or rail tank
car loading points or entry into delivery pipelines. Where this is not currently the case, an
upgrade plan shall be developed and implemented as soon as practicable. Note: It was a
former JIG 3 requirement for the filtration system to be either a microfilter meeting EI 1590
2nd edition, or a FWS. It is no longer considered acceptable to use microfilters, as they are
not designed for water removal.
For Avgas deliveries directly to airport service tanks, a filter/water separator meeting EI 1581
5th edition, a filter monitor meeting EI 1583 6th edition or a microfilter meeting EI 1590 2nd
edition shall be installed as the minimum filtration requirement at road or rail tank car loading
points or entry into delivery pipelines.
9.4.5 Filtration system installation requirements
For information on the selection of microfiltration systems for specific applications see EI
1550.
Planning of a new filtration system installation, or modifications to an existing one, shall
include, as a minimum, consideration of:
Provision of sufficient working areas around vessels and their associated work platforms;
Inclusion of isolation valves in adjacent pipework to facilitate vessel maintenance and
element changeout;
Provision in the pipework either side of each microfiltration vessel of a suitable sampling
point for fuel quality assessment and filter membrane testing.
The inclusion in all vessels of air eliminators, as there is a risk of internal fire or explosion
if product is pumped into a vessel that contains air. All vessels shall also be fitted with
thermal/pressure relief valves. The outlet pipework from air eliminators and
thermal/pressure relief valves shall be routed to suitable spill containment. Air eliminators
should be maintained in accordance with filter manufacturers recommendations. This
pipework has to be open all the time and therefore any isolation valve shall be wiresealed in the open position during normal operation.
Provision to always ensure the slow filling of vessels after maintenance to prevent
element damage, internal fire or explosion during filling (see EI 1596 and EI 1550 for
further information).
Provision of high and low DP alarms, preferably automatic, or preset lockout switches set
in the system that trigger an investigation or stop the fuel transfer.
Pipework design and fuel flowrate to provide adequate time for relaxation of electrostatic
charge between a filter and the inlet to a storage tank or vehicle, for systems handling
fuel that does not contain SDA.
87
EI12/059
Provision of protection from adverse weather conditions for personnel undertaking vessel
inspection/maintenance activities.
Ensuring that fuel flows in the intended direction through the vessel.
Ensuring that vessels and/or associated pipework are earthed/grounded.
Ensuring that vessels do not inadvertently drain when fuel is static.
Vessel design in accordance with EI 1596.
9.4.6 Operational requirements

The maximum achievable flow rate through each filter vessel in service shall be determined
and compared with the rated flow as shown on the manufacturers plate. The maximum
achievable flow rate should be marked on the vessel and noted in the filter records. If the
rated flow is significantly greater than the maximum achievable flow rate then the possibility
of de-rating the vessel shall be discussed with the manufacturer. See EI 1550 for further
information.
Every filter/water separator shall have a similarity sheet, in accordance with EI 1582 2nd
edition, and this shall be updated whenever a different model of filter element is used.
New filter elements shall be stored in the manufacturers original packaging in a cool dry
place. Elements shall be used on a first in first out basis and subject to the manufacturers
recommended maximum shelf life.
For information on the disposal of filter elements see EI 1550.
9.4.7 Routine Checks on All Microfiltration Systems
All filtration/water separation equipment shall be maintained and checked regularly as
follows: (Note: for additional information see EI 1550.)
Daily, preferably in the morning but before the first movement of fuel, vessels shall be
drained of any free water whilst under pressure. Details of any free water or sediment
found shall be recorded. A sample of fuel shall then be taken for an Appearance Check.
Periodically during each pumping operation, the differential pressure (DP) shall be
observed to ensure that the maximum limit is not exceeded. Unexpected variations shall
be reported and investigated.
Once a week, when pumping at the maximum operating flow rate normally experienced,
the differential pressure and flow rate shall be recorded.
Weekly graphs of DP shall be prepared, corrected to, or recorded at, maximum operating
flow rate. The correction to maximum achievable flow shall be established by using
either a conversion graph, table or calculator supplied or endorsed by the filter
manufacturer.
Note: The conversion from observed DP to corrected DP at maximum achievable flow is
not accurate when DP readings are taken at low flow rates and is not valid where a
reading is taken at less than 50% of maximum flow. For this reason, DP readings used
for the preparation of weekly graphs should be recorded when the filter is operating at, or
as close as possible to, maximum flow.
If the corrected DP is 5 psi or more below the previous corrected DP reading, an
investigation shall be conducted and the filter vessel should be opened for inspection
and element replacement if necessary.
Where filter vessels are fitted with an automatic draining system, drain samples shall be
regularly taken to confirm the proper functioning of the automatic system.
Every 12 months all filter vessels shall be opened and inspected internally to assess the
cleanliness of the vessel, element appearance, proper fitting of elements and condition
of the internal lining and cover seal. The torque of filter/coalescer and separator
elements (and other elements where appropriate) shall be checked with a calibrated
88
EI12/059
torque wrench that positively confirms torque setting (click stop type) and adjusted in
accordance with the element manufacturers recommendations. Elements showing any
abnormalities (e.g. damage, leopard spotting) shall be replaced, and the cause
investigated. Separator elements shall be inspected and tested in accordance with the
manufacturers recommendations.
If blanking plates/dummy elements have been fitted, these shall be checked in
accordance with the manufacturers recommendations (or at least annually) for correct
fit/torque and absence of leakage/bypass.
The results of the inspection shall be recorded.
After opening for inspection or filter element changeout, recommissioning procedures
shall ensure that the vessel is refilled very slowly to allow entrapped air to vent and to
ensure that no damage is caused to the installed elements.
For further information see EI 1550.
Note: Non-routine filter vessel inspections may be necessary, to check for abnormalities
such as element seal leakage, etc., if abnormal amounts of solids or water are found in
fuel downstream of the filter.
9.4.8 Element change criteria

All filter elements shall be removed from a vessel (and new ones installed) if the criteria
specified below occur.
Microfilter elements:
if the differential pressure reaches or exceeds the manufacturers recommended
maximum at (or corrected to) the maximum operating flow rate through the filter vessel
as currently installed. The maximum operating flow rate will be less than the design or
rated flow of the vessel;
after three year service life (provided the above differential pressure level is not
reached);
if flow rate falls to unacceptably low levels as a result of high DP;
if filter membrane tests are carried out and abnormal results are obtained
if there is a sudden drop of 0.35 bar (5 psi) or more in differential pressure compared
with the same flow rate without any obvious cause being found.
Filter/water separators filter/coalescer elements:
if the differential pressure across the vessel reaches 1.0 bar (15 psi) at (or corrected to)
the maximum operating flow rate through the filter vessel as currently installed.
after three year service life (provided the above differential pressure level is not reached)
if flow rate falls to unacceptably low levels as a result of high DP;
if filter membrane tests are carried out and abnormal results are obtained
if there is a sudden drop of 0.35 bar (5 psi) or more in differential pressure compared
with the same flow rate without any obvious cause being found;
It is not mandatory to perform routine single element tests. However, if a test is carried
out and the filter/coalescer fails, all the filter/coalescer elements in the vessel shall be
replaced.
Filter/water separators - separator elements:
If testing annually in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations fails to
restore them, or when filter/coalescer elements are changed.
Note: separators need to be completely wetted with aviation fuel prior to the test.
Filter monitor elements:
For filter monitors with 50 mm (2 in.) nominal diameter elements if the differential
pressure reaches 1.5 bar (22 psi).
89
EI12/059
For filter monitors with 150 mm (6 in) nominal diameter elements in accordance with
manufacturers instructions.
After three year service life (provided the changeout differential pressure has not been
reached).
9.4.9 Records
Records shall be kept of at least:
all daily drainings including Appearance results;
weekly differential pressure readings including any necessary investigation results; and
filter membrane test results to enable trend monitoring.
Records shall be kept of filter maintenance, including at least:
the number and type of new elements installed;
differential pressure before and after change;
throughput since previous change;
reason for change and any relevant details, condition of elements and internal vessel,
preferably including element and vessel photographs.
An example of a suitable form is shown in Figure 8.
9.4.10 Mesh strainers
Mesh strainers shall be fitted with a sample point and shall be drained at least weekly.
Mesh strainers shall be opened and cleaned at least annually.
9.4.11 Differential pressure gauges
All differential pressure gauges shall be tested every 6 months. For piston type gauges, a
check for correct zero reading and for free movement throughout the full piston travel is
adequate. A record of all checks shall be maintained. All inaccurate or defective gauges
shall be replaced.
9.4.12 Filter element installation/filter vessel commissioning
For information on the installation and commissioning of filter elements see EI 1550.
90
EI12/059
Date of element changeout/ replacement

Location of vessel/Locally assigned filter
vessel number
(Microfilter, Filter/water Separator
Microfiltration System Type
Monitor) Circle as appropriate
Vessel Details
make
model
rated flow
Reason for change of elements
Date of last element changeout
Fuel throughput through vessel since last
changeout
Differential pressure before element
changeout
Details of filter/coalescer, monitor or microfilter
elements removed:
make
model
quantity
Details of separator elements (if applicable)
removed:
make
model
quantity
New filter/coalescer, monitor or microfilter
elements installed:
make
model
quantity
New or existing separator elements (if
applicable)
make
model
quantity
Differential
pressure
after
element
changeout
Other data/comments
Figure 8 Example of filtration maintenance record
91
or
Filter
9.5
EI12/059
Storage procedures
9.5.1 Routine checks

To ensure that product quality is maintained while in storage, the procedures in 9.5.1.1 to
9.5.1.6 shall be applied, recorded and documented. Observations should be as descriptive
as possible to facilitate trend monitoring or investigation.
9.5.1.1 Tanks shall be kept free from the accumulation of water and particulate by routine
draining of all low points to avoid microbiological growth and to ensure only clear and bright
product is transferred downstream. Draining is normally required on a daily basis, but longer
intervals (up to weekly) may be adopted after extensive experience has shown that water
does not accumulate. Where hazy product persists in the drain sample after removal of bulk
water, longer settling times, more frequent draining, and/or microbiological assay testing
should be considered. Water draining shall be undertaken after settling, before release,
before deliveries start and daily while deliveries continue. Water draining shall be undertaken
at full flow with a quantity greater than the contents of the drain line. Successful removal of
water shall be confirmed via an Appearance Check on samples throughout the draining
process. Samples may be taken into open containers such glass jars or stainless steel
buckets but it is necessary to ensure that these samples are not contaminated by e.g.
rainfall. To minimize the exposure to the environment and operators, suitable glass closed
systems are preferred.
9.5.1.2 The correct operation of floating suction arms shall be checked monthly. When a tank
has been emptied, for example for maintenance or internal cleaning, procedures for refilling
the tank shall ensure that the floating suction arm is fully filled with fuel to displace all air.
Where air elimination is not built into the design this may require back-filling until the floating
suction inlet is fully submerged in fuel.
9.5.1.3 All tank vents and valves shall be maintained to ensure that they are always
functioning correctly. The condition of free vents and mesh screens should be checked at
least quarterly, or more frequently as dictated by local conditions. Pressure/vacuum relief
valves, where fitted, should be checked and serviced in accordance with the manufacturers
recommendations.
9.5.1.4 Where the period of time between product receipts into a tank exceeds 1 month, the
conductivity of jet fuel containing static dissipater additive shall be checked at monthly
intervals and recorded with the temperature of the fuel.
9.5.1.5 Composite Samples shall be taken for Periodic Test from each tank which has
contained product and which has had no product receipts for 6 months (static stock).
Samples should also be taken from each tank in which less than half of the product has
been replaced during a 6-month period. If the results are unsatisfactory, the tanks shall be
quarantined, further composite samples taken and an investigation undertaken.
9.5.1.6 Where storage tanks are fitted with double block and bleed valves, the block valves
shall be drained after receipt or transfer of product, and checked before transfer by opening
the bleed valves and draining any product. If the checks release a significant quantity of
product, or if there is a continuous flow of product indicating a leaking block valve, then
appropriate measures including additional product sampling and testing shall be taken to
ensure that the quality of the product is satisfactory before the batch is released. The valve
shall be scheduled for an unplanned maintenance interval and repaired/replaced at the
earliest opportunity.
92
9.5.2
EI12/059
Tank cleaning
9.5.2.1 General
Tank cleaning frequency is dependent on a number of variables, including whether or not the
tank is lined (epoxy coated), the cleanliness of incoming product, the type of tank roof, the
type of tank bottom and ease of draining. Consequently, the cleaning interval for storage
tanks depends on their specific configurations. In principle, the better the design of the tank
the longer the cleaning interval.
It should be noted that there may be other unforeseen factors that have an impact on the
cleanliness of tanks (e.g. breakthrough of a clay treater) which will necessitate immediate
tank cleaning.
Note: The specified cleaning frequencies in Table 10 and 11 should not be confused with the
tank integrity inspection frequency, which is normally determined by other factors, e.g. local
authorities or engineering/corrosion considerations.
Note: Tank cleaning is a hazardous operation and all Permit-To-Work (PTW), confined
space entry, and Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) procedures shall be adhered to.
Specific safety precautions shall be in place when cleaning Avgas tanks or tanks that have
or had contained leaded products in the past. For further information see EI Model code of
safe practice Part 16 Tank cleaning safety code.
9.5.2.2 Evidence and risk assessment
Tank cleaning intervals for direct or indirect locations shall be clearly defined using the
criteria in Table 12 and documented (including photographs where safe to take them), to
facilitate auditing. Historic tank cleaning records and inspection records shall be meaningful
and maintained. Where such information is not available, the cleaning intervals in Table 10
shall apply.
9.5.2.3 Direct delivery locations
For storage installations directly supplying airports the cleaning intervals in Table 10
(conventional tank designs) or Table 11 (for tanks with additional design features) shall apply
as a maximum.
Table 10 - Cleaning intervals for storage installations with conventional tank designs
directly supplying airports
Low Risk
Medium Risk
High Risk
High High Risk
Cone
down/Cone
up/Sloping
Cone
down/Cone
up/Sloping
Flat
Flat
Roof type
Fixed
Floating*
Fixed
Floating*
Microbiological
testing
Yearly
6 monthly
3 monthly
Monthly
Maximum
tank
cleaning interval
5 years
5 years
3 years
2 years
Bottom type
* Floating roofs increase the risk of water and dirt/rust contamination and are considered
undesirable for aviation fuel storage. They should be taken out of aviation fuel service or
converted into fixed roofs.
93
EI12/059
Where storage installations directly supplying airports are lined and/or have multiple draining
points, or for storage tanks at refineries where the fuel is hydroprocessed, the cleaning
intervals in Table 11 may be acceptable where convincing and continuing evidence (as
described in Table 12) can be provided that these longer periods do not influence product
cleanliness.
Table 11 - Cleaning intervals for storage installations with additional design features
directly supplying airports
Low Risk
Medium Risk
High Risk
High High Risk
Cone
down/Cone
up/Sloping
Cone
down/Cone
up/Sloping
Flat
Flat
Roof type
Fixed
Floating*
Fixed
Floating*
Microbiological
testing
Yearly
6 monthly
3 monthly
Monthly
Bottom type
5 years if:
tank lined, or
Maximum tank
cleaning interval
10 years if
tank lined
5 years
multiple
drain points,
or
2 years
in refineries,
product is
hydroprocessed
9.5.2.4 Indirect delivery locations
Where storage installations do not supply directly to airports the maximum tank cleaning
intervals should be in line with the ones for direct deliveries, but may be risk assessed under
the provision that convincing and continuing evidence (as defined in Table 12) is available to
show that the cleaning interval does not influence product cleanliness.
The only exception is for high high risk category tanks with floating roofs where a
maximum cleaning interval of 5 years shall apply.
Table 12 - Criteria for establishing tank cleaning intervals
Dirt levels being within established cleanliness levels/trends. Defined by testing of
bottom or sump samples (Gravimetric or colorimetric (including filtration time) and/or
particle counts).
Water levels being within established cleanliness levels/trends. Defined by:
Taking water drain samples and checking visually for systematic absence of
excessive rust, other debris, microbiological growth or surfactant contamination;
Taking bottom or sump fuel samples and testing for microbiological activity (to
confirm Acceptable results)
Previous tank cleaning records showed that tank internal surfaces were clean (before
flushing the tank), i.e. the inspections did not reveal microbial growth or build up of
sediment exceeding approximately 20% of the tank bottom surface.
Fuel cleanliness downstream indicates the absence of excessive contamination, e.g.
filters having good element service life, good Millipore results or low particle counts.
94
EI12/059
9.5.2.5 Tank cleaning products

No chemicals, or cleaning materials that could adversely affect the aviation fuel to be stored
in the tanks, shall be used.
9.5.2.6 Sediment analysis
Detailed records of the types and quantity of any sediment found in the tank shall be
maintained. This requires sludge or residue from the tank bottom being sampled and
analysed, before residual material is flushed out of the tank. It is preferable to retain the
samples and take photographs of them when first obtained.
9.5.2.7 Condition of tank fittings and coatings
Detailed records of the condition of the tank interior fittings and coatings shall be maintained.
A suitable recording form is shown in Annex D. The dates of the most recent tank
inspections and cleaning should be marked on the tank shell. IT systems that provide the
same data with a due date alarm system linked to it, are considered equally suitable.
9.5.2.8 Product release after cleaning
After cleaning the product release procedures shown in chapter 8 are applicable after
refilling.
9.5.2.9 Soak testing after tank repair
If any repairs to the tank bottom or internal coating are made with a combined surface area
that is greater than 5% of the tank surface area, a Soak Test shall be performed (see Annex
C).
9.5.2.10 Product recovery tanks
Product recovery tanks shall be inspected (without entry) quarterly for cleanliness and
condition. A microbiological growth test (listed in IATA Guidance material on microbiological
contamination in aircraft fuel tanks) on a sump sample after flushing, may be carried out as
an alternative to quarterly visual inspection. Cleaning shall be carried out in accordance with
the design category in Table 10 but with a halved interval.
9.5.2.11 Tank-side quick flush tanks
Tank-side quick flush tanks shall be kept clean and empty when not in use for draining and
sampling.
9.5.3
Bringing tanks (and associated pipework and equipment) into aviation fuel
service
Tanks and associated pipework and equipment shall only be brought into aviation fuel
service if in compliance with the requirements in this chapter.
Tanks and associated pipework and equipment shall be emptied and cleaned prior to initial
filling with aviation fuel.
Before the initial tank contents can be released a Recertification Test and a thermal stability
test shall be carried out on a Composite Sample, the results of which shall be satisfactory.
Where tanks were previously in service with a fuel containing lead, additional quality
protection measures are necessary and specialist advice should be sought. Additional
testing will be necessary, including analysis for trace lead content or colour.
95
EI12/059
9.5.4 Testing for microbiological growth

The fundamental method for assessing the presence of microbiological growth in storage
tanks and filters is the daily Clear and Bright test on a sump sample. Presence of
discoloured water (brown or black), a lacy interface between the fuel and water layers or
organic debris in the fuel or water layer are all indications of likely microbiological activity,
which require immediate investigation and appropriate specialist advice.
The investigation shall include an on-site assay test for microbiological activity carried out on
Drain Line Samples of jet fuel using a test kit listed in IATA Guidance material on
microbiological contamination in aircraft fuel tanks, and the checking of filter membrane
colour test history for any significant change. Internal inspection and investigation of filter
vessels may also be required.
Warning and Action (quarantine) limits should be defined with reference to the IATA
Guidance material on microbiological contamination in aircraft fuel tanks and following
advice from specialists in the use of field testing kits and interpretation of results.
Where microbiological growth is confirmed to be above acceptable levels, remedial action is
required. As a minimum, this shall include on-site assay tests for microbiological activity
carried out on Drain Line Samples of jet fuel using a test kit listed in IATA Guidance Material,
at least as defined in Table 10 or every 6 months (whichever is shorter) for a period of 2
years. Where three successive on-site assay tests show that microbiological growth levels
are at a satisfactory level, the testing intervals may be relaxed provided there are no other
contra-indications of microbiological activity.
Note: Fuel samples from storage tanks for on-site assay testing shall be drawn from low
point drains and allowed to settle to remove any traces of water. To ensure consistency of
test results, sampling should be performed after tank settling and immediately before tank
release. Contamination of the sample for testing shall be avoided by strict observance of the
test kit manufacturers guidance on cleanliness. Alcohol wipes should be used to clean
sample points before sampling. The sample point shall then be flushed with jet fuel to
remove traces of alcohol before taking the sample for testing. If a positive result is obtained
then the test shall be repeated. If the result is confirmed, specialist advice is required.
The use of biocide to treat tank contamination is restricted by the major fuel specifications
(see chapter 7 for further information) and is intended for strictly controlled use in aircraft fuel
tanks.
In most cases it is therefore only possible to decontaminate storage tanks by using
hydrocarbon solvents, steam cleaning or hot water washing. Where biocides are used, the
product shall be downgraded to non-aviation use and the tank cleaned before bringing it
back into aviation fuel service.
For further information on managing the risk of microbial growth see EI Guidelines for the
investigation of the microbiological content of petroleum fuel and for the implementation of
avoidance and remedial strategies.
9.6
DOCUMENTATION
9.6.1 Records quality control

The results of checks and testing shall be recorded on documents which are readily
available, kept up-to-date and retained for a minimum of 1 year (see 2.5 and 9.6.5). Records
may be held electronically provided that a back-up system (at least weekly) is in place. The
records shall include, but not be limited to:
96
EI12/059
a) All mandatory checks detailed in this chapter.

b) Product dips or metering and tank contents checks, including date/time.
c) Details of incoming consignments with reference to RCQ/CoA/RTC and RC, quantity,
including date and time.
d) Receipt tank details, settling and release checks including intertank transfers.
e) Batch makeup record and batch number allocated.
f) Product deliveries and transfers including date/time when tanks put in service.
g) CoA, RTC and Periodic Test Certificates of tank contents.
h) RCs covering outgoing consignments.
i) Tank and filter sump drains, microbiological test and Millipore results.
j) Monthly conductivity test results when stock is static (and only when the jet fuel contains
SDA).
k) Vent and valve checks.
l) In case of additive additions, additive receipt CoAs, blending and reconciliation results.
9.6.2 Records maintenance
The following maintenance activities shall be recorded on documents which are readily
available, kept up-to-date and retained for a minimum of 1 year (see 9.6.5). Records may be
held electronically provided that a back-up system (at least weekly) is in place. The records
shall include, but not be limited to:
a) Storage tank inspection and cleaning records.
b) Microfilter and filter/water separator differential pressure graphs and dates of inspections
and element changes.
c) Filter assembly records of all filter types (incl. strainer).
d) Floating suction arm checks.
e) Details and dates of all maintenance work.
f) Additive tank inspection and cleaning records.
g) Additive injection equipment calibration.
Tank cleaning and filter records shall be retained as detailed in 9.4.9 and 9.5.2.
9.6.3 Signature
All records shall be dated and signed by the person responsible for that specific activity. For
electronic records, a password-protected access system, traceable to an individual person,
is acceptable as an alternative to a signature.
9.6.4 Records accident/incident
A detailed record of accidents/incidents should be maintained for at least 5 years.
9.6.5 Documentation retention requirements
Aviation quality control documents shall be kept for certain minimum periods to provide
adequate history and reference. The following are minimum retention times, but local
regulations or external quality assurance requirements may require longer retention periods.
Records of all daily, weekly and monthly checks shall be retained for at least 1 year.
Records of all less frequent routine checks, filter membrane test results and logbooks on all
non-routine matters shall be retained for at least 3 years. Other maintenance records shall
be retained for at least 1 year, or longer if still relevant to equipment condition (e.g., major
repair work or extension(s) to facilities).
Document retention requirements:
Storage installation product quality records - 12 months from last dated record.
Laboratory quality control and product testing records and certificates - 10 years.
97
EI12/059
Local and international inspections and follow-up - 3 years or until all recommendations
have been closed out if longer.
Filtration differential pressure and membrane filtration (Millipore) records - a minimum of
either 3 years or the last two change-outs if longer.
Storage tank and filter cleaning and maintenance records - life of tank
Storage installation design, modification and major maintenance - life of installation
Underground pipeline design, modification and testing records - life of installation.
98
EI12/059
10 TRANSPORTATION: FACILITIES AND

PROCEDURES
10.1
OCEAN TANKERS, COASTAL AND INLAND WATERWAY VESSELS/BARGES
10.1.1 General considerations

Historically, transportation of jet fuel by sea meant relatively short costal tanker voyages but
changes to supply chains have resulted in significant volumes of aviation fuel now being
transported long distances by ocean tankers. Ocean tankers used to convey aviation fuel are
also used for the transportation of various other cargoes, i.e. they are not aviation dedicated.
These vessels require specific attention to ensure fuel quality is maintained. Also, where
new build vessels are intended to be utilised for the transportation of Aviation fuel, these also
present a potential fuel quality issue. For quality control testing purposes, ocean tankers
shall not be considered dedicated under any circumstances due to the complex nature of
their compartments and piping arrangements, and therefore strict precautions are necessary
to ensure that grade changes are adequately controlled.
Coastal and inland waterway vessels may have complex cargo compartment and piping
arrangements and therefore, as with ocean tankers, strict precautions are necessary to
ensure that, where grade changes are required, these are adequately controlled. It is
appreciated that, on occasions, coastal vessels may be permanently employed carrying
solely jet fuel cargo and therefore the requirement for cargo change of grade cleaning is not
required. However, it is necessary to ensure cargo tanks remain clean and fit for purpose.
Inland waterway vessels/barges may be dedicated to aviation fuel.
Although it is preferable before loading that cargo tanks, piping systems and pump
arrangements are inspected and confirmed clean, dry and free from traces of any other
product, this is not practical with Ocean Tankers. To comply with ISGOTT (International
Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals) requirements, ship compartments are normally
in an inert condition when the ship arrives for loading. Access to the cargo compartments is
therefore not possible and full documentation showing the cleaning methods and any
chemicals used shall be obtained. This documentation shall be verified and signed by both
the independent person collating it and a responsible ships officer.
Where vessels are used to carry multiple cargo grades, grade segregation is vitally important
and any change to the cargo tank being employed to carry jet fuel shall follow the correct
change of grade cleaning requirements, as defined in EI HM50. The requirements are
written with ocean going tankers in mind, but in principle can be applied (with some
modifications where necessary) to coastal vessels and barges.
Where a vessel has transported, during the previous journey, exclusively one grade of
aviation fuel in all the cargo compartments nominated for the current voyage, only draining of
tanks will be required (refer to EI HM 50 for more detailed additional guidance).
A vessel that uses cargo tanks for ballast on return journeys, irrespective of the cargoes
carried, shall be treated as a non-dedicated delivery system.
10.1.2 Vessel selection for aviation fuel transport
Vessel vetting is normally carried out to ascertain if a vessel is suitable for carrying a cargo
safely. It is further assessed with respect to crew capability, vessel condition, vessel
experience factor, etc, and this second step is an integral part of risk management.
99
EI12/059
Additionally the details of the ship cargo tank internal coating material, the existence of any
copper-containing metals in the tank, the tank washing system (hot fresh water, steam,
detergents), the inert gas (IG) system, the slops storage and disposal system, shall also be
considered as part of the selection process, as these may impact on the quality of the
transported cargo.
10.1.3 Suitability assessment before selection
In addition to the selection process, details specific to previous cargoes, cargo tanks
cleaning, etc. also need to be assessed. Although it remains the responsibility of the ships
Captain to present the ship in a condition suitable for loading the intended cargo, the
organisation chartering the ship should also satisfy itself that all the cleaning carried out to
effect a grade change is adequate to protect the integrity of the aviation fuel to be loaded
(refer to EI HM50 for more detailed guidance). This information shall be readily available to
all parties with an interest in the transport of the fuel.
The following provides guidance on minimum acceptance criteria to be used.
Cargo tanks shall be constructed from corrosion-resistant material or be coated internally

with a suitable epoxy material. The cargo tanks and their linings shall not affect the
specification properties of the product in any way.
Cargo tanks with zinc coatings or zinc silicate linings, or with copper heating coils or
other copper-containing components, should not be used for transportation of jet fuel
because of the potential adverse impact on fuel thermal stability. Where this is
unavoidable, specialist advice shall be sought regarding additional testing requirements ,
e.g. thermal stability testing at elevated temperatures prior to loading and discharge,
and, where applicable, measurement of copper content prior to discharge.
Segregation shall be provided between cargo and ballast tanks. If more than one product
or grade is to be carried, segregation shall also be provided between the grades. This
includes compartments, pipework, pumps, valves, and other physical installations on
board where cross-contamination can occur. This also includes the IG system, which
may be achieved by isolation or flow direction (e.g. aviation fuel before other cargoes).
Closed Loading (inert gas system) vessels are subject to specific procedures being in
place at both loading and discharge ports to ensure that fuel quality is monitored. These
procedures shall include the requirement for the inspector and/or the ships Master to
confirm that the vessel is clean and dry and suitable for the transportation of jet fuel.
Inert gas system: Guidance on the design, operation and maintenance of inert gas
systems can be found in American Bureau of Shipping documents Pub 131 Guide for
inert gas system for ballast tanks and Pub 24 Guidance Manual for Material Selection
and Inspection of Inert Gas Systems. At the time of writing these could be downloaded
from www.eagle.org
All cargo tank hatches/openings shall be watertight. Hatches and sea valves which
access the cargo tanks shall be capable of being locked and sealed in the closed
position.
New build and refurbished vessels shall not be accepted for the carriage of aviation fuel
as the first cargo due to the high risk of product contamination.
As a minimum, all new build and refurbished vessels shall have been pre-conditioned in
accordance with Annex C before carrying aviation fuel.
For any vessels that have previously carried other products but never aviation fuel, for
the first aviation fuel cargo, a Recertification Test plus thermal stability test shall be
carried out on the multiple tank composite sample after loading. This documentation
shall be supplied to the receiver of the fuel before the ship can be discharged, unless
otherwise agreed with the receiver of the fuel.
100
EI12/059
The documentation specifying in detail the last 3 cargoes carried by the vessel
(including, where possible, any additives / dyes / stabilizing chemicals contained in the
previous cargoes or added on board the vessel) shall always be checked, and be
available to the receiver of the fuel.
As a minimum, EI HM50 shall be used to determine if the cleaning methods employed

on cargo grade changes are suitable.
Note many jet fuel cargoes are carried in chemical ships, and EI HM50 may not
address all circumstances encountered in such cases. Other reference databases may
need to be consulted for guidance.
Where it is identified that a gas oil or diesel cargo is listed on the last 3 cargoes, checks
shall be carried out to establish if the cargo contained a bio component. If this cannot be
firmly established then it shall be assumed that bio component was present.
EI HM50 recommends that cargoes of B15 or greater should not have been carried in
the previous three cargoes.
If cargoes of less than B15, but greater than B5, have been carried in the last three
cargoes, the recommendations of EI HM50 should be followed. In addition, FAME testing
should be carried out on the loaded cargo, and be within the specification limit, before
discharge commences.
Where it is identified that there has been addition of dye on the vessel in the last two or
three cargoes, there is the risk of dye transfer from the roof of the tank in transit, and of
sample contamination with dye residues when using closed-operations valves.
10.1.4 Suitability assessment prior to loading

It should be confirmed that the vessel meets the requirements outlined in 10.1.2 and 10.1.3
and an inspector/surveyor employed. This individual could be from a third party or competent
and trained shore staff fulfilling the role of inspector/surveyors. Vessels should be cleaned to
the satisfaction of the inspector. The inspector should also carry out the following:
In order to maintain aviation fuel quality it is essential that all ships tank cleaning records
such as cargo logs are thoroughly examined (and where possible copies obtained) by a
competent person. This person shall assess any potential contamination and fuel quality
loss risks prior to loading, based on the data provided.
Particular notice shall be taken of any previous cargoes that may have contained high
risk species such as metal ions (such as are found in some octane and cetane
improvers), surfactants, luboils containing metallic modifiers , dyes etc. as each of these
poses specific risks to the cargo.
All the details obtained from the ships records shall be listed in a single document (cargo
tank history report) and this document shall be dated, signed and stamped by the ships
officers confirming that the details recorded are correct. The records shall include, for
each tank on the ship, details of:
the last three cargoes, and
any cleaning chemicals/detergents used.
Based on the information supplied, risks shall be assessed and an initial loading plan
commensurate with any identified risk prepared. (Guidance may be obtained from EI
HM50). Should any of the details listed above not be provided, all stakeholders with an
interest in the loading of the aviation fuel shall be informed of any data deficiencies
immediately and loading shall not proceed until all interested parties have agreed a
process to address the deficiencies in the tank history records
A Tank Inspection Report /Certificate of Cleanliness should be prepared by an

independent person. It is recognised however, that due to modern environmental
controls the ability to make any form of physical inspection is rare, and so when such
101
EI12/059
limitations prevent access to the tanks, a statement of facts clearly noting the inability to
make a visual examination of tanks, lines, pumps, etc. shall be issued instead.
Regardless of which document is issued they shall be countersigned by the responsible
ships officer.
It should be confirmed that the IG system is operating satisfactorily. Records for the
previous two weeks that the IG was operational should be obtained from the ships
officers and the IG readings at the time of loading noted in the inspectors report. These
should preferably show detailed logs with O2 levels, flow rates and even SOx levels on a
constant monitoring basis. As a minimum daily checks of the running system and
random tank samples taken using an O2 meter shall be available. The inspector should
ask if the IG to and from the aviation fuel containing tanks is separated from any other
parcels on board and whether it will remain so for the whole voyage. Should any of the
details listed above not be provided, all stakeholders with an interest in the loading of the
aviation fuel shall be informed of any data deficiencies immediately, and loading shall not
proceed until all interested parties have agreed a process to address the deficiencies in
the records.
10.1.5 Loading ocean tankers and coastal/inland waterway vessels/barges

Companies shall appoint an inspector (surveyor) to inspect the vessel, witness the
loading procedure and prepare a report. This individual could be from a third party or
competent and trained shore staff fulfilling the role of inspector/surveyors.
Product quality data shall be available and their completeness verified.
The data shall be verified to comply with the relevant specification before loading.
Typically these data are presented as RCQ and, if applicable, CoA and/or RTC
accompanied by the necessary Release Certificate.
There may be occasions where the completed RCQ and, if applicable, the CoA and/or
RTC as well as the Release Certificate documents are not immediately available. Under
these circumstances traceable data shall be available from authenticated sources such
as a known email address with equivalent detail. The principals (e.g. buyer and seller)
shall be advised of these equivalent data and may decide to accept them. The RCQ and,
if applicable, the CoA and/or RTC as well as the RC documents, shall be available
before the ship is discharged. Increasingly, documents are made available in electronic
format rather than as paper documents.
The objective of all these requirements is that no cargo is loaded into a vessel until and
unless sufficient data are available to verify that it complies with the advised quality and
specification. If there are any deficiencies in the data, the inspector shall notify the
principals immediately of the deficiencies known.
Prior to loading, ensure that all loading lines contain the same grade of aviation fuel as
that to be loaded and from which batch the content derived. For line preparation
requirements see 8.3.5 and API MPMS chapter 17.6/EI HM66. Subsea lines will require
a modified procedure. Witness the loading procedure.
As a minimum, line samples shall be drawn at, or near to, the ships manifold at the start,
immediately before the end of pumping and if there is a change of shore tank for a
Control Check. During the start, samples should be taken after one, three and ten
minutes. The sample points should be located at a point as close to the ship as possible.
Generally there is a sample point available near the foot of the loading arm. It is
recommended, in particular for non-dedicated loading lines, that line samples are taken
every two hours. The results shall be compared with the shore tank analysis. If they differ
by more than 3 kg/m3 on corrected density (at 15C), or exhibit a cloudy or hazy
appearance that persists at room temperature for 15 minutes, contamination should be
suspected and further investigations shall be carried out. Where contamination is
suspected, these samples should be taken in triplicate, labelled and retained.
For non-dedicated vessels or where loading is via non-segregated shore facilities, a first
foot sample (filling to approximately 500 mm depth in each cargo tank) should be taken
102
EI12/059
from each compartment, a multiple tank composite sample prepared, and the following
properties measured. The results shall be compared with the results of the product being
loaded:
appearance/visual colour; (Note: Colour in this context is the visual observation of
fuel colour from water white to pale straw and not the Saybolt Colour)
density;
flash point (jet fuel only);
freezing point.
To minimize the volume at risk, where possible, it is recommended that the first foot
loading be limited to two or three tanks as far away as possible from the ships manifold
in order to flush the maximum pipework. Samples from these limited numbers of tanks
can be tested fairly quickly and if any problems are detected, remediation done without
too much waste or delay. If the first three tanks pass, first foots can be loaded into the
other nominated tanks and testing performed on them.
To avoid unnecessary delays to vessels, the loading may re-start following satisfactory
density, appearance and visual colour comparisons with the shore tank and jetty line test
results. The results of the flash and freeze point tests shall be compared with the shore
tank results. If they differ by more than 3C for the flash or freeze point between
measured and expected results, contamination should be suspected and further
investigations shall be carried out.
After completion of loading, the ships tanks shall be sampled and three, 5 litre (5 USQ),
weighted multiple tank Composite Ships Samples shall be prepared, using suitable
containers (as defined by ASTM D4306); those required for retention shall be sealed.
These samples may cover, as well, contractual requirements but are considered as
minimum sample numbers. One sample, which need not be tested unless the quality of
the consignment is subsequently questioned, shall be retained at the supplying location
for at least one month. The second sample shall be provided to the ships Master for
retention on the ship. The third sample should be used for Recertification Testing to
confirm the quality of the product on board the vessel. The Recertification Test analysis
should not delay the departure of the vessel. However, the results of the test should be
made available to all interested parties (e.g. buyer and seller) promptly, but certainly
before the vessel is discharged.
Before departure, it shall be ensured that tank hatches and covers are closed and
secured.
All quality and loading documents should be presented to the Ships Master or his
representative either in hardcopy or electronically.
Results of the quality checks shall be recorded and reported.
10.1.6 Ship to ship transfers and floating storage

Ship to ship transfer can be required for replenishment of large tankers used as floating
storage, or for transfer of product from a large to a smaller vessel due to port limitations.
Unless ship to ship transfers and floating storage are strictly controlled, there is the potential
for fuel quality issues to occur.
Where a vessel is being used as floating storage, or is receiving jet fuel at sea, and is not
initially loaded at a refinery or intermediate terminal, all the suitability assessment
procedures detailed in 10.1.2 and 10.1.3 shall be employed. Owing to the exposure time,
copper coils and zinc coatings shall not be used.
Where a vessel is being loaded from floating storage or during ship-to-ship transfer, the
assessment procedures in 10.1.3 and 10.1.4 shall be employed. As line samples may be
103
EI12/059
difficult to take during line transfer operations, first foot samples should be taken for Control
Check.
Attention should be paid to the suitability of individual cargo tanks for the storage of aviation
fuel.
Hoses used for the transfer of fuel shall be maintained in good condition and regularly
inspected internally and externally for wear, degradation and cleanliness. A record of use
and maintenance checks shall be maintained. It is strongly recommended that hoses are
dedicated to jet fuel use and marked in accordance with EI 1542. Where this is not possible,
they shall only be used for transfer of white oil without bio components.
Fuel testing requirements apply to all points in the supply chain, including floating storage
and transfers at sea, and shall be treated in the same manner as for an Intermediate
Terminal. Each floating storage cargo tank shall be treated and tested as an individual shore
tank. Note that each tank should be segregated from other cargoes onboard any vessel.
After each receipt into a ships tank on the floating storage, samples shall be taken in
triplicate and sealed, and one set tested as soon as possible. Traceability through mass
balance calculation shall be established and documented throughout any offshore
movements.
Because of the difficulty of traceability and testing at the time of transfer onto a ship, as a
minimum, a CoA based on one of the triplicate samples drawn from the floating storage
vessel shall be provided, prior to the cargo being discharged. In addition, samples from the
receiving vessel shall be tested and the fuel recertified, prior to the cargo being discharged.
These requirements preserve traceability.
Consideration should also be given to undertaking microbiological testing (see EI Guidelines
for the investigation of the microbiological content of petroleum fuel and for the
implementation of avoidance and remedial strategies).
Following receipt into floating storage, or after a ship-to-ship transfer, Recertification or CoA
Testing shall be conducted. If more than three new batches, including any tank heel and any
co-mingling in the delivery vessel, are received into a tank, Recertification Test comparison
becomes difficult and possibly meaningless, and therefore the contents of the tank shall be
tested against all the requirements of the Specification, i.e. CoA.
Compile a batch make-up record. This record shall include, as a minimum:
a) The Batch Number (following successful testing)
b) The tank number
c) Volume in the tank
d) The grade of fuel stored
e) The sampled date
f) The laboratory Test Certificate Number
g) Heel Batch Number and Test Certificate Number
h) Received fuel volume(s), Batch Number(s), Test certificate Number(s), received fuel
Release Note(s), the consigning refinery/depot and receipt date
An example is shown in Figure 1.
10.2
PIPELINE TRANSPORTATION
10.2.1 Introduction
Pipelines provide an efficient means of transporting aviation fuel (as well as other petroleum
products) and form an important part of many distribution systems.
104
EI12/059
Pipelines may transfer different petroleum products, and interface comingling between them
and pipeline pick-up from one product to another due to adhesion to pipeline walls is
routine. Robust operational procedures are therefore required to ensure risks to jet fuel
quality are effectively managed.
10.2.1.1 Definition of a pipeline
A pipeline can be considered as a long tube, made up of one or many conduit sections, that
connects installations such as terminals/depots, refineries, jetties etc. Pipeline systems
include associated installations such as pumping stations, valves, reception and delivery
terminals, metering stations, quality control stations and interconnection stations with other
pipeline systems.
10.2.1.2 Construction and commissioning
The quality of steel used for pipelines is described in national or international specifications,
and is typically agreed to by local/national authorities. Specifications define, for each
diameter, the standard thickness of the pipe and the manufacturing tolerance. Technical
specifications for welds are very detailed.
To protect against corrosion when buried, steel pipelines are frequently either cathodically
protected or have an electrically isolated coating.
Commissioning of pipelines should be in accordance with ASME B31.4 Pipeline
transportation systems for liquid hydrocarbons and other liquids and API Recommended
Practice 1110 Pressure testing of liquid petroleum pipelines.
10.2.2 Product compatibility in multi-product pipelines
The preference is for jet fuel to be transported in pipelines dedicated to jet fuel but, for
logistical reasons, pipelines may have to be operated as multi-product pipelines. Multiproduct pipeline operation is dominated by interface management requirements (including
management of the transmix).
The products listed in Table 14 shall not be transported in pipelines that transport jet fuel:
Table 14 Products that shall not be transported in multi-product pipelines that carry
jet fuel
-
Neat oxygenated chemical products (organic acids, alcohols) and other surface active
products, or those that have a high content of surface active components
Chemical products that could downgrade the thermal stability of jet fuel (e.g. products
with peroxides, low levels of lead, iron, copper or nickel) or products that could
develop free radicals in the conditions of transport
The products listed in Table 15 are acceptable, as leading and trailing consignments, for
transport in multi-product pipelines that also transport jet fuel. When adjacent to a parcel of
jet fuel, these products have been found to limit the degradation of jet fuel due to interface
comingling or pipeline pick-up. They are listed in Table 15 in order of preference:
Table 15 Products that are acceptable as leading or trailing parcels when
transporting jet fuel in multi-product pipelines
-
Light distillate feedstock (naphtha)

FAME-free and un-dyed middle distillates/diesel fuel
Motor gasoline (free of detergent-type additives)/Blendstock for Oxygenate Blends (BOB)
105
EI12/059
In certain circumstances it is acceptable for product containing bio-component (or dye) to be

transported in a multi-product pipeline that transports jet fuel provided that a risk assessment
and successful trial have been completed, and specific operating procedures are
implemented (e.g. testing of product received to confirm the absence of contamination). For
further information on requirements for trials see EI publication Multi-product pipelines:
Minimum criteria to determine additive acceptability.
Certain product additives, e.g. drag-reducing additives (DRAs), dyes, are known to be
detrimental to aviation fuel quality because of their chemistry. When products containing
these additives precede aviation fuel pipeline consignments, there is a risk that resultant
pick-up from pipeline walls, poor interface cutting and/or poor control of additive injection will
cause aviation fuel quality problems, and potentially result in the aviation fuel being offspecification.
Where such additives are known to be included in products intended for transportation within
multi-product pipelines carrying aviation fuels, the pipeline operator should exclude the
additives from the product entering the pipeline and injection should take place after breakout points. Where this is not practical, products containing such additives shall not be
transported adjacent to a batch of aviation fuel but shall be separated from it by a buffer of
acceptable, non-additivated, product. The pipeline operator shall undertake a risk
assessment to establish what additional controls will be required (in addition to sequencing)
to ensure aviation fuel quality is maintained. EI publication Multi-product pipelines: Minimum
criteria to determine additive acceptability shall be followed as part of this assessment.
Other products not listed here, which are being considered for transportation in a multiproduct pipeline transporting jet fuel, require further investigation by the pipeline operator
and operators of connected installations. Assessment of the characteristics of the products
and their influence on the quality of subsequent aviation fuel batches (or on the pipeline
system itself) is required. The principles of EI publication Multi-product pipelines: Minimum
criteria to determine additive acceptability shall apply (namely that the product will not cause
any degradation to aviation fuel quality). It is likely that an experimental transport test will
need to be undertaken.
10.2.3 Jet fuel quality monitoring programme
10.2.3.1 Key principles
The pipeline operators procedures shall ensure maintenance of jet fuel quality from point
of ingress to point of egress.
Pipeline operating procedures shall be specified and implemented to avoid any

possibility of jet fuel contamination in the pipeline system, between the ingress custody
transfer point (CTP) and the egress CTP. A robust fuel quality monitoring system based
on industry good practice, including site specific procedures and experience, shall be
implemented.
Within refineries or terminals, jet fuel shall be handled in such a way as to prevent
contamination with other products between the tank and pipeline ingress. Where the use
of non-dedicated pipework within the refinery/terminal is unavoidable, procedures shall
be in place to adequately flush the pipework of other products prior to receiving or
delivering jet fuel. With non-dedicated systems, particular attention shall be given to
eliminating potential contamination from dead legs, manifolds, meter proving loops, etc.
106
EI12/059
Jet fuel quality shall be maintained from the egress point of the pipeline to the terminal or
airport storage tanks. Consideration needs to be given to pipeline contents, manifolds,
dead-legs, valves, pumps, etc. all of which have given rise to product quality incidents.
Receipt facilities shall be capable of dealing with the pressure, flowrate and volume of jet
fuel from the pipeline.
10.2.3.2 Equipment
a) Receipt and export lines shall be fitted with sampling points, which should be installed
as close as possible to the CTP. It is preferable for in-line samplers, either automatic or
manual, to be used. A capability to measure density at 15C or API gravity is also
required. This could be achieved by the use of an in-line densitometer, automated
densitometer or hydrometers and thermometers.
b)
Additional equipment such as colorimeters, flow meters or turbidimeters may be

considered.
c)
The equipment listed in a and b monitors:

- The product within the lines between storage tanks and the ingress and/or egress
points of the pipeline;
- The product coming from the certified tank of the shipping terminal;
- The products coming from every subsequent tank, when the pipeline operator is
informed of tank changes. The pipeline operators monitoring system should enable
the detection of non-scheduled tank changes;
- Possible product comingling at intermediate terminals (fungible pipeline systems), or
the possible mixing in the buffer tanks (intermediate terminals);
d)
The potential impact of equipment on the maintenance of jet fuel quality should be
assessed by the pipeline operator. Such issues include:
- The creation of a register to record all sources of potential cross-contamination, even
at low levels. Equipment that should be inspected includes: manifolds, pumping
stations, separation valves, dead-legs, meters, fixed prover loops, etc.
- Inspection and compliance with operational protocols (flushing of the installation,
dead-legs, boosters, etc.) associated with the equipment and control of their
effectiveness in preventing contamination, even at low level.
- The potential for downgrading off-specification product. Further investigations shall
be conducted and corrective measures identified and implemented (definitive
modification of the infrastructure, strengthening of the operating procedures, etc.).
10.2.3.3 Samples
a) Before loading or transfer by pipeline, the issuing tank shall be checked by the depot
operator for free water, and any free water found shall be drained. All low points on
transfer or loading pipeline systems shall be checked by the depot operator for free
water and any free water found shall be drained.
b) For traceability and quality purposes every parcel of jet fuel in the pipeline should be
sampled, automatically or manually. These samples shall be retained for a defined
period and managed as specified in the pipeline operating procedures.
c) For receipt from or delivery into a single grade pipeline, during the pumping of the
product, samples shall be drawn as close as possible to the CTP approximately 1
minute after liquid starts to flow, approximately half way through the pumping period,
approximately 5 minutes before pumping is due to be completed, and at any change of
batch. Each of the samples shall be subjected to a Control Check (and conductivity if
107
EI12/059
SDA has been added to the fuel upstream of this point). Results from the Control Check
shall be documented.
d) If large amounts of water, solid contaminants or abnormal density are noted, the flow
shall be stopped if possible, or diverted to a slop tank, and the pumping station of the
pipeline notified. The transfer into or from a storage tank shall only be resumed after
clearance has been given by the installation manager.
e) For receipt from or delivery into multi-product delivery systems, procedures similar to
those in 10.2.3.3 (c) shall be enforced but with samples drawn as close as possible to
the CTP approximately 1, 3 and 10 minutes after liquid starts to flow, every two hours,
approximately 5 minutes before pumping is due to be completed, and at any change of
batch, Additional testing of samples drawn during the transfer may be performed to
ensure that no cross-contamination has occurred.
The most important quality protection measure in multi-product pipeline movements is the
method used for handling product interface cuts (see 10.2.6). Care should be taken to
ensure that the leading and trailing interfaces between the products are directed into nonaviation storage. Adequate sampling procedures assist in the detection of these interfaces.
a) The pipeline operator may draw spot samples manually. These samples are
representative only of the product at the exact time they are taken but may help in
determining if the product is contaminated.
b) In fungible pipeline systems, or those managed as a banking system, there should be a
retained sample for each delivered parcel. Moreover, if the pumped batch is split into two
or more receiving tanks at any one location, it is recommended that the sampling
operation should be split in the same manner, to obtain a sample for each receiving tank.
If there are multiple export or receipt batches, each one should be subject to individual
sampling.
c) Operating procedures shall be established and recorded to define the processes to be
followed if sample analysis carried out by the shipper or pipeline operator during transfer
indicates a deviation outside of the fuel specification limits or exceeding the acceptable
differences during Recertification testing (see Annex D). These should include a
notification procedure to the relevant parties, remedial action plans, and defined
authorities for remedial product release. The action plans may include items such as
layered tank release, continued receipt into other tankage, blending, pump backs, etc.
10.2.3.4 Responsibility for aviation fuel quality maintenance - documentation
The quality of the product when introduced into the pipeline is the responsibility of the
shipper. To enable the pipeline operator to monitor and maintain the quality and traceability
of the fuel, the shipper shall release the following documents to the pipeline operator, before
any transfer starts:
Reference numbers of the shipping tank(s)
Respective volumes of the shipping tank(s)
RCQ(s), CoA(s), RTC(s), RC(s) for the shipping tank(s).
This Certificate will mention the reference of the shipment as it appears on the pumping
plan given by the pipeline operator to the shipper
This Certificate will be signed by an official authority of the shipper, or by a
subcontracted inspection authority
This documentation shall also be sent to the receiving terminal(s)
108
EI12/059
Product introduced into a pipeline from a tank may differ from the certified batch because of
the connection lines and manifolds between the tank and the pipeline ingress point. The line
content between the tank and the ingress point shall also be covered by a RCQ, CoA or
RTC and be listed on the RC. The principle is that all line content is covered by one or more
Certificates.
In fungible and non-fungible pipeline systems, and where the original identity of the jet fuel
batch is recorded and maintained from the shipping point to the point of delivery, pipeline
operators shall manage a system to transfer the RC, RCQ, and/or CoA and/or RTC from the
ingress terminal to the egress terminal before the delivery of the product.
In fungible pipeline systems and where the original identity of the jet fuel is lost, the pipeline
operator shall ensure that all jet fuel batches being transferred into the pipeline meet the
appropriate specification. At the egress point of the pipeline a full certification test shall be
completed and a CoA issued.
10.2.4 Route setting
Pipeline operators shall check the position of all relevant valves when setting up (i.e. prior to
the movement) to ensure the correct route as detailed in the site specific procedure between
the ingress and egress CTPs of the pipeline. For other valve position monitoring controls at
refineries and terminals see chapter 8.
10.2.5 Quality control requirements for simultaneous pumping
In the case of simultaneous pumping from two pipelines into a single pipeline, a Control
Check shall be carried out. The measured density of the downstream product shall be
compared with the calculated volumetric average densities of both upstream products.
Rebatching after simultaneous pumping is mandatory before direct delivery to airport depots.
10.2.6 Interface management
In a multi-product pipeline, where jet fuel is in contact with other refined products, the
pipeline operator shall manage the transmix, in particular at the points of delivery, and shall
take appropriate measures to maintain the jet fuel integrity, and its conformity with the
specification. The time when the pipeline is stopped or operated at low flow rates should be
reduced to a minimum to avoid increasing the transmix volume at the head and tail of the
products.
When handling multi-product batches, the sequence should be arranged to minimise the
effects of interface contamination of the aviation fuel.
To mitigate the risk of contamination of jet fuel and to minimise the volume of the transmix to
be downgraded or re-treated, the following sequencing of product in contact with jet fuel is
recommended:
Any product in which the total quantity of transmix can be downgraded, without
compromising the quality of the mixed product (i.e. petrochemical naphtha).
Product that does not contain any bio or dyed component.
Product that does contain bio-component measured by the appropriate test method. For
this type of product, a risk assessment will need to be conducted and specific operating
procedures implemented by the pipeline operator. A leading and/or trailing buffer batch
(containing no bio-component) should be employed, the volume of which shall be
established by experimentation / trial, which shall be downgraded.
109
EI12/059
During receipt, leading and trailing product interfaces shall be diverted into non-aviation
storage or slop tanks.
Pipeline operators should undertake risk assessments and implement mitigation measures
within their operating procedures to ensure that the quality of jet fuel parcels is not
compromised by inter-product contamination.
Control measures may include testing for specific sensitive characteristics of jet fuel
(depending on the other transported products, characteristics such as flash point or freezing
point could be tested from in-line samples), and/or contamination tests such as particle
content, water content, MSEP or FAME content.
The cutting shall be based on density measurement and (where applicable) colour. Local
procedures shall be established to ensure that only jet fuel enters jet fuel receipt tanks.
These will need to take into account the position of the density measurement equipment,
valves, signal delays, flow rates, buffer and interface volumes etc.
Equipment used to manage interface cutting may comprise the following:
densitometers, installed far enough upstream of the manifold to allow sufficient time to
receive the information and to command the shutting and opening of the appropriate
valves
colorimeters to confirm the information given by the densitometers
manifolds, to lead any non-jet fuel products in their correct direction, to direct
contaminated product into slop tanks, and to direct the neat jet fuel into jet fuel tanks.
There is a requirement for these manifolds to be designed and operated so as to avoid
cross-contamination of the jet fuel.
Re-injection from slop tanks or interfaces into jet fuel is not permitted.
10.2.7 Pipeline pigging operations
Pipeline operators are required to implement pigging procedures on a regular basis, or when
needed depending on transported product cleanliness, and legal requirements for the
maintenance of pipeline integrity.
In multiproduct pipelines no pigging operation shall take place in jet fuel. This prevents
potential contamination of jet fuel by other materials removed from pipeline walls, and issues
with particulates.
In dedicated jet fuel pipelines, the operator will have to undertake pigging in jet fuel. The
operator shall ensure procedures are in place to handle the pigged cloud that will be
generated. This may include segregation and/or disposal as well as additional settling times
or filtration.
10.2.8 Jet fuel additivation
Pipeline operators shall not inject into jet fuel any additives during transport of the jet fuel
through the pipeline system, unless by specific and documented request from the receiving
client. Where additive injection is authorised, refer to chapter 7 for required information on
handling and injection.
110
10.3
EI12/059
ROAD TANKERS AND RAIL TANK CARS
10.3.1 Construction of road tankers, rail tank cars and loading facilities
10.3.1.1 Rail tank cars
a) The tanks of rail tank cars shall be constructed of carbon steel, stainless steel or
aluminium. For carbon steel construction the tank shall be internally coated with an
approved epoxy coating complying with EI 1541. New rail tank cars, and those that have
had major maintenance activities performed, shall be pre-conditioned and soak tested in
compliance with Annex C.
b) Design shall be such that fuel is protected from the ingress of dirt and water during
transit. Tanks shall be equipped with bottom drains to facilitate the clearance of water
and sediment, and drawing of samples. Rail tank cars should be dedicated to one grade
of aviation product and be provided with couplings chosen to give the maximum practical
degree of grade security. Where rail tank cars are fitted with more than one size/design
of discharge coupling, the unused one shall be sealed or, preferably, removed.
c) Clear grade markings shall be painted on or affixed to rail tank cars. The EI fuel grade
naming and colour coding system as detailed in EI 1542 should be used. The
appropriate grade markings, (e.g. "JET A-1", "Avgas 100LL") shall be prominently
displayed on both sides of rail tank cars. Grade markings shall also be clearly visible at
the rail tank car discharge connections.
d) Rail tank cars used for supply to airport depots should be internally coated with an
approved epoxy coating complying with EI 1541.
10.3.1.2 Road tankers
a) Road tankers shall be constructed of aluminium alloy, stainless steel, or carbon steel.
For carbon steel construction the tank shall be internally coated with an approved epoxy
coating complying with EI 1541. New road tankers, and those that have had major
maintenance activities performed, shall be pre-conditioned and soak tested in
compliance with Annex C. Each tank compartment shall have a drain line and suitable
valves to facilitate the drawing of samples and drainage of water. The sample lines
should not be manifolded together. Where sample lines are manifolded procedures shall
be in place to ensure representative samples of each compartment can be taken without
cross contamination from other compartments.
b) All tank access chamber and dip point covers shall be sealed completely against the
ingress of water or dirt.
c) Filling and discharge points should be provided with couplings of a size and type chosen
to give the maximum practical degree of grade security. Where vehicles are fitted with
more than one size/design of discharge coupling, the unused one shall be sealed or,
preferably, removed. (See also 10.3.1.4). Where grade selective couplings are not
employed, procedures shall be in place that provide the same degree of grade protection
as grade selective couplings.
d) Clear grade markings shall be painted on or affixed to the vehicle. The EI fuel grade
naming and colour coding system detailed in EI 1542 should be used. The appropriate
grade markings, (e.g. "JET A-1", "Avgas 100LL") shall be prominently displayed on both
sides of the vehicle. Grade markings shall also be clearly visible at the vehicle discharge
connections.
111
EI12/059
10.3.1.3 Loading facilities

The preferred method of loading both rail tank cars and road tankers is bottom loading as
this avoids working at height. It is also preferred that loading facilities for aviation fuels are
on separate loading facilities.
Where top loading is employed, fall restraint and barrier protection measures shall be in
place. A purpose built loading gantry shall be provided giving direct access to the rail tank
car/road tanker top via a drop down platform. The platform shall have handrails and railing
protection shall be provided for the loading operative whilst on the tank top.
10.3.1.4 Grade selectivity
Grade selective couplings operate on a pin and slot system. This allows the couplings of the
receiving and delivery systems to be matched and therefore to protect against the wrong
grade of fuel being received into storage.
10.3.2 Road tankers/rail tank cars: change of grade and cleaning procedures
10.3.2.1 Dedicated rail tank cars and road tankers are the preferred option but where rail
tank cars or road tankers have been previously used for other duties, cleaning procedures
shall be employed to ensure they are fit for purpose to carry aviation fuels.
10.3.2.2 Only vehicles which have carried an appropriate last load shall be used for the
transportation of aviation fuels. When changing road tankers and rail tank cars from one
grade to another, Procedures A, B or C shall be applied to ensure that there can be no
product contamination from any residues of the last grade carried:
Previous Grade Carried/ Grade to be Loaded
Jet fuel
Avgas
Avgas
Motor gasoline (leaded or unleaded) / Jet-B / JP-4
Kerosine/JP-8/TS1
Jet A/A-1
Gas Oil or diesel including ultra-low sulphur diesel and

biodiesel containing up to 15% bio component*
Black oils, chemicals, lubricating oils, vegetable oils and

greater than 15% FAME
Seek specialist advice
*It should be noted that diesel/gas oil not declared as a bio fuel may contain FAME at
concentrations up to 7%.
112
EI12/059
Cleaning Procedure A:
The tank, pipework, and where installed, meter, pump and filter, shall be completely drained
until no liquid remains (drainings to be downgraded to non-aviation use). Internally inspect
each compartment through the tank access chamber to ascertain that it is clean and dry. If
sludge or dirt is present, it shall be removed.
Cleaning Procedure B:
The tank, pipework, and where installed, meter, pump and filter, shall be completely drained.
Introduce flushing product to cover the foot valves (flushing product shall be the new grade
to be loaded or, for Avgas, should preferably be unleaded motor gasoline); hold for 10
minutes. The tank and pipework shall be completely drained until no liquid remains
(drainings to be downgraded to non-aviation use). Internally inspect each compartment
through the tank access chamber to ascertain that it is clean and dry. If sludge or dirt is
present, it shall be removed.
The intention of these procedures is to confirm that the next grade can be loaded safely and
delivered in an uncontaminated condition. If these procedures fail to satisfy this requirement
then flushing in the case of procedure A or further flushing in the case of procedure B of the
compartments may be required. If the vehicle tank cannot be left in a suitable condition for
filling by using procedures A or B, then the tank shall be gas freed and thoroughly cleaned.
Detergents or cleaning chemicals shall not be used.
In circumstances where the above procedures are not permitted due to automatic loading
and/or vapour recovery systems, then local procedures that meet these additional
requirements shall be developed.
Cleaning Procedure C:
Either the tank shall be gas freed and thoroughly cleaned, or the tank shall carry a buffer
load (motor gasoline or kerosine) followed by grade change procedure A or B as required.
The first cargo of Jet A-1 loaded after a cleaning/buffer load shall be tested for FAME to
validate the change of grade procedure.
Steam cleaning may be considered equivalent to the procedures above.
10.3.3 Loading of road tankers and rail tank cars
10.3.3.1 General
a) The preferred method of loading both rail tank cars and road tankers is bottom loading.
In addition to the safety issue of working at height, bottom loading through grade
selective couplings provides a higher degree of grade protection.
b) Where top loading is employed, systems can be used that assist in
eliminating/minimising incorrect grade loading. This can be by the utilisation of swipe
card systems (IT controls), density checking and procedural controls, etc.
c) Rail tank cars and road tankers shall be inspected to ensure that they are clean and free
of water before loading. To avoid working at height, this may be done by checking the
low points of each tank compartment and draining any traces of water or particulates.
For dedicated road tankers which are bottom loaded via selective couplings this
inspection shall be performed once only at the first loading of the day. When loading is
carried out with non-selective couplings this check shall be undertaken before each
loading. Where rail tank cars and or road tankers are top loaded, the cleanliness can be
113
EI12/059
checked from the tank top access. This shall only be undertaken from a purpose-built
gantry providing safe access.
d) If water, and/or heavy residue is identified, the tank(s) shall not be filled and the shipper
of the fuel informed and a report submitted to relevant parties. Checks of the tank top
manway access, and other possible points of contamination ingress, shall be made, the
results recorded and findings included in the submitted report.
10.3.3.2 Loading
a) Rail tank cars and road tankers shall be loaded via hoses complying with the
requirements of the latest issues of EI 1529 Aviation fuelling hose and hose assemblies
(grade 2), or ISO 1825 type C (semi-conductive) or equivalent. Pantograph loading
systems are also acceptable.
b) On completion of rail tank car or road tanker loading, the product shall be allowed to
settle for a minimum of 5 minutes. The rail tank car or road tanker sump/low point shall
then be drained of any water and sediment and a sample taken for an Appearance
Check. Drain sample buckets and metal containers used for fuel draining shall be
bonded to the rail tank car or road tanker prior to and during the draining operation, and
to the receiving vessel/tank when decanting. The use of plastic or galvanised containers
is not permitted.
c) Where local legislation prohibits open sampling, alternative procedures/equipment e.g.
water/particulate/density sensors or closed sampling systems, that provide the same
degree of grade protection as open sampling shall be in place.
d) The above actions and results shall be recorded.
e) Before dispatch, all tank compartment openings shall be secured, preferably sealed and
a check made that the tank is correctly grade marked.
10.3.4 Documentation and records
a) Prior to deliveries, a copy of the latest supplying tank RCQ, CoA, or RTC shall be
provided to each receiving location.
b) All shipments by rail tank car or road tanker shall be accompanied by a Release
Certificate. The RC shall contain details of the fuel specification, supplying tank number,
the fuel batch number, rail tank car or road tanker number, the loaded quantity at
standard temperature, water free statement and, where applicable, the quantity of SDA
added and the measured conductivity on loading. It shall also contain details of the
supply and receiving locations and contain a unique identification number/document
serial number. The document shall be signed by an Authorised person representing the
supplying location.
c) Where tank changes occur during loading, two Release Certificates may be required.
Each location shall record the pipeline volume from each tank to the loading point. The
rail tank car or road tanker that is loaded with the interface volume shall have two RCs
issued defining the volume loaded from each supply tank.
d) Copies of the documentation shall be retained for a minimum of 1 year.
114
EI12/059
10.3.5 Samples and sample retention for driver controlled loading and delivery
A daily line sample of 1 litre (1 USQ) shall be taken from the issuing tank and retained for 1
week. When a second tank is placed on issue in any one day, a further line sample shall be
taken and retained.
10.4
DRUM AND INTERMEDIATE BULK CONTAINER FILLING AND ISO TANK

CONTAINER LOADING
10.4.1 General
If aviation product is to be supplied in drums, Intermediate Bulk Containers (IBC) or ISO tank
containers, the requirements of 10.4.1 to 10.4.3 shall be applied.
To meet these requirements, locations where drums or IBCs are filled or ISO tank containers
are loaded shall have documented procedures and systems in place to ensure quality (as
well as health, safety and environmental) considerations are adequately managed. These
should include:
Procedures for the inspection of new and used drums, IBCs and ISO tank containers,
including defined rejection criteria.
Systems to ensure adequate control of any drum or IBC flushing, cleaning and waste
disposal.
Procedures to ensure drum or IBC filling or ISO tank container loading is carried out
safely, including consideration of manual handling requirements, bonding, fire hazards
and spill hazards.
Procedures for the storage and release of product in drums or IBCs and ISO tank
containers.
Recognition of any statutory requirements applicable to drum and IBC filling and ISO
tank container loading operations.
10.4.2 Drums and IBCs
Drums are typically of 210 litres (55 USG) capacity, and of a design to protect against
mechanical damage to the lining. Drums should comply with ISO/ANSI MH2a or ISO 157502. IBCs are rigid reusable containers up to 1 500 litres (396 USG) capacity. Drums and IBCs
can be used either for international transportation by sea, rail or road or for use as temporary
storage.
10.4.2.1 Materials of construction
Drums used for storage of aviation fuel shall be manufactured from steel. They shall be lined
with a suitable lacquer or lining meeting EI 1541.
Under no circumstances shall internally galvanised drums or plastic drums be used.
Any material used for the sealing/seaming of the bottom and top of drums shall be
compatible with aviation fuel.
Any sealing material used in the manufacture of drum closures and bungs shall be
compatible with aviation fuel.
IBCs used for storage of aviation fuel shall be manufactured from stainless steel or
aluminium. Under no circumstances shall internally galvanised IBCs or plastic IBCs be used.
10.4.2.2 Filling equipment
The filling system for each grade of product shall be fully segregated to provide complete
protection against cross-contamination. The product grade name and colour code shall be
clearly displayed on all filling equipment, tanks, pipelines, etc. (in accordance with EI 1542).
115
EI12/059
Since aviation fuel in drums or IBCs will normally be supplied directly to aircraft (and may not
be filtered during fuelling), filling equipment for Avgas or jet fuel shall include a filtration
system as used for into-plane filtration, i.e:
A filter monitor meeting EI 1583, 6th edition, or
A filter/water separator meeting EI 1581, 5th edition,
or for Avgas only, a microfilter meeting EI 1590, 2nd edition.
NOTE: filter monitors shall not be used with jet fuels containing FSII.
Filling shall be accomplished in such a way as to avoid "splash" filling, for example by use of
a stand pipe. The drum or IBC shall be bonded to the filling equipment and/or grounded
through the rollers or through a dedicated grounding strap beneath the drum or IBC being
filled.
10.4.2.3 Quality control
Provided that product is available for Release as defined in chapter 8, then no further testing
is required before filling begins.
Every empty drum or IBC (including those that are new) shall be examined internally before
filling to ensure that it is in a satisfactory condition, i.e. clean and free from rust, water,
manufacturing oils or other contaminants and, for drums, free from lining defects.
Before filling, drums shall be colour coded (in accordance with EI 1542) and, for drums and
IBCs, clearly marked with the grade of fuel, specification to which the aviation fuel was
manufactured, batch number, filling date, date of retest (if applicable), quantity, filling
location and 'leaded fuel' statement if applicable.
After filling, a Control Check shall be carried out on a representative number of drums or
IBCs. The drums or IBCs chosen shall include the first and last one filled, and the first and
last ones when there is a change in fuel batch. Drums or IBCs shall be sealed immediately
after filling with grade-marked tab seals.
All consignments of drums or IBCs released shall be covered by a Release Certificate.
10.2.2.4 Re-Use of drums or IBCs
A drum or IBC may be re-used provided that:
In the past it has only been used for the grade of aviation fuel with which it is to be refilled.
The interior is inspected, rinsed and found to be satisfactory. Only the grade of fuel with
which it is to be filled shall be used for rinsing and the fuel downgraded to non-aviation
use afterwards.
For a lined drum, the lining is free of any damage, cracking, flaking etc.
A record of inspection is maintained.
All labelling is updated.
Whenever an aviation fuel drum or IBC is to be filled with a non-aviation product, the old
grade marking and colour identification shall be completely obliterated before refilling.
10.4.2.5 Storage
Whenever possible, the use of well-ventilated buildings is recommended for storage.
Storage outside of buildings is acceptable, provided that a means of protection against
environmental exposure (precipitation, sunlight) is provided.
116
EI12/059
Drums should be stored horizontally with bungs below the liquid level. The bottom drums
shall be held in position (e.g. by wedges) to prevent collapse of stacks. Where this is not
possible, drums may be stored upright (typically on pallets) provided that they are stored
under cover, or stored with drum top covers for not more than 3 months (before release).
IBCS should be stored upright (typically on pallets) and under cover.
Consignments should be stored in separate batches to facilitate periodic inspection, and
issued in rotation according to filling date, preferably first in first out.
Drums and IBCs shall be inspected for leakage after filling, initial storage and monthly
thereafter. Markings shall be checked and renewed as necessary to maintain clear identity of
the information listed in 10.4.2.3.
Batches remaining in stock twelve months after the filling date, and at six monthly intervals
thereafter, shall be sampled and the product subjected to a Periodic Test.
10.4.2.6 Sampling and testing
If a batch of packaged stock requires a Periodic Test, the number of containers to be
sampled, and the actual number of Composite Samples required for laboratory testing shall
be in accordance with Table 16.
Table 16 - Number of samples to be drawn and analysed
Number of drums/IBCs
Number of samples taken
Number of composite
samples analysed
1-3
All
1
4-64
4
2
65-125
5
3
126-216
6
3
217-343
7
3
344-512
8
3
513-729
9
3
730-1000
10
4
1001-1331
11
4
As an example, if there are 250 containers in a batch, samples will be drawn from 7
containers at random. Of these 7 samples, three random (but identifiable) samples should
be mixed to form one Composite Sample, two others mixed to make another sample, and
the remaining two to make a third sample, thus giving a total of THREE Composite Samples
to be actually analysed, as indicated in the table.
Where the results of testing are unsatisfactory, the batch shall be quarantined and the issue
investigated .
10.4.3 ISO Tank Containers
10.4.3.1 Definition
This section details the use of ISO IMO Type 1 tank containers in the capacity range of 20m3
to 50 m3. They can be used either for international transportation by sea, rail or road or for
use as temporary storage.
117
EI12/059
10.4.3.2 Materials of construction and design

ISO tank containers used for storage and transportation of aviation fuel should be
manufactured from stainless steel, aluminium or carbon steel. Carbon steel ISO tank
containers should be lined with a suitable lacquer or lining meeting EI 1541.
The ISO tank container should have a drain line and suitable valves to facilitate the drawing
of samples and drainage of water, and to facilitate cleaning.
All top tank access chamber and dip point covers shall be sealed completely against the
ingress of water and/or dirt. Filling should preferably be via bottom loading.
10.4.3.3 Loading facilities
The supply tank and filling system for each grade of product shall be fully grade segregated
to provide complete protection against cross-contamination. The product grade name and
colour code should be clearly displayed on all tanks, pipelines etc.
ISO tank container filling equipment for Avgas and jet fuel shall be fitted with a filter. This
shall be:
A filter monitor meeting EI 1583, 6th edition; or
A filter/water separator meeting EI 1581, 5th edition;
or for avgas only a 5 micron microfilter meeting EI 1590, 2nd edition.
NOTE: filter monitors shall not be used with jet fuels containing FSII.
Loading connections should be fitted with couplings of a size and type chosen to give the
maximum practical degree of grade security.
10.4.3.4 Change of grade
ISO tank containers are used to carry a wide range of cargoes/grades of petroleum, and
non-petroleum products. They are rarely dedicated for use for one specific grade, or product
group/type, and for this reason there is the risk of cross-contamination from previous
cargoes unless stringent control measures are implemented. ISO tank containers shall be
either:
drained (and deemed acceptable for use) (Procedure A in Table 17), or
drained, gas-freed and cleaned, typically by a specialist contractor, (and deemed
acceptable for use) (Procedure B in Table 17), or
rejected as unacceptable following assessment by a specialist.
When changing from one grade to another, procedures A or B from Table 17 shall be
applied to ensure that there can be no product contamination from any residues of the last
grade carried.
118
EI12/059
Table 17 - Requirements for ISO tank container grade changes

Previous Product Carried
Avgas
Motor gasoline (leaded or unleaded)
Kerosine
Jet fuels
Gas Oil or diesel including ultra-low sulphur diesel and
biodiesel containing up to 15% FAME
Black oils, other chemicals, lubricating oils, vegetable
oils and biodiesel containing greater than 15% FAME
Grade to be loaded
Jet fuels
Avgas
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
*
A: The ISO tank container shall be drained completely until no liquid remains (drainings to
be downgraded to non-aviation use). The ISO tank container shall be internally inspected
through the tank access chamber to ascertain that it is clean and dry. If sludge or dirt is
present, it shall be cleaned out.
The intention of procedure A is to allow Product Quality Inspectors to be satisfied that the
next grade can be loaded safely and delivered in an uncontaminated condition. If the ISO
tank container cannot be left in a suitable condition for filling by using procedure A, then it
shall be gas freed and thoroughly cleaned. Detergents or cleaning chemicals shall not be
used.
In circumstances where procedure A is not permitted due to automatic loading and/or
vapour recovery systems, then local procedures which meet these additional requirements
shall be developed.
B: The ISO tank container to be gas-freed and subjected to cleaning following specialist
advice. Detergents or cleaning chemicals shall not be used.
*Specialist advice is required on a case by case basis. Issues to consider include
surfactancy, water solubility, presence of trace metals, presence of additives, presence of
nitrogen-containing components, whether it is a hydrocarbon. This assessment will either
conclude that specialist cleaning is required, or that the ISO tank container is to be
rejected as not suitable.
After any cleaning is carried out, a cleaning certificate should be prepared and be available
for review prior to loading.
10.4.3.5 Quality assurance
Provided that product is available for Release as defined in chapter 8, then no further testing
is required before loading begins.
The cleaning certificate, if applicable, should be reviewed.
The ISO tank container shall be inspected to ensure that it is clean and free of water before
loading. To avoid working at height, this may be done by checking the low points and
draining any traces of water or particulates.
On completion of loading the ISO tank container shall be checked by the fuel supplier for the
presence of free water and any found shall be removed.
After filling, ISO tank containers shall be clearly marked with the grade of fuel.
119
EI12/059
Before dispatch, all ISO tank container openings shall be secured and sealed by the fuel
supplier.
All ISO tank containers released shall be covered by a Release Certificate.
120
EI12/059
11 SYNTHETIC JET FUEL

11.1
INTRODUCTION
Traditionally, jet fuels have been produced using so-called conventional sources, defined in
the major jet fuel specifications as refined hydrocarbons derived from crude oil, natural gas
liquid condensates, heavy oil, shale oil, and oil sands.
Recently, fuel components produced from certain non-conventional sources, so-called
synthetic components, have been approved for inclusion in the two major jet fuel
specifications. Examples of these are:
1. materials produced by the Fischer-Tropsch processing of feedstocks derived from coal,
natural gas or biomass.
2. materials derived from the hydrogenation of vegetable oils
Note: Other feedstock sources and production methods are in the process of being approved
by the OEMs for eventual inclusion in the jet fuel specifications.
Synthetic fuel components derived from biomass are sometimes referred to as biojet;
however, this is more of a marketing name that a technical term.
To manage the introduction of jet fuels from non-conventional sources, ASTM D7566
Standard specification for aviation turbine fuel containing synthesized hydrocarbons was
developed. This specification defines the requirements for aviation turbine fuel containing up
to 50% synthesized hydrocarbons, and the quality of the synthesized blending components.
ASTM D7566 contains Annexes specific to each class of synthetic materials; Annex A
defines Fischer-Tropsch hydroprocessed synthesized paraffinic kerosine (SPK) while Annex
B defines synthesized paraffinic kerosine from hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids
(HEFA). Other Annexes will be added as other classes of synthetic components are
approved by the OEMs.
The established jet fuel specifications DEF STAN 91-91 and ASTM D1655 require that
synthesised hydrocarbons from non-conventional sources be approved by the OEMs and
listed in ASTM D7566 before they can be incorporated into commercial jet fuel.
Certification of a jet fuel blend containing synthetic components to ASTM D7566 is intended
only as a step to re-Certification to D1655 or DEF STAN 91-91, before product enters a
distribution system supplying an airport. It should be noted that once the fuel has been
certified to D1655 or DEF STAN 91-91 it should never re-enter the D7566 process.
11.2
APPROVAL OF SYNTHETIC COMPONENTS
Before any synthetic component can be considered for use in jet fuel, there is a requirement
for it to be submitted to the process defined in ASTM D4054 Standard practice for
qualification and approval of new aviation turbine fuels and fuel additives. Only after
successfully completing this process, together with any additional testing required by the
OEMs, can the component be approved by the OEMs and subsequently listed in ASTM
D7566, ASTM D1655 and DEF STAN 91-91.
The first synthetic fuel components to be individually approved by the OEMs and listed in
ASTM D1655 and DEF STAN 91-91 were coal-derived, Fischer-Tropsch materials produced
by the SASOL company in South Africa. Firstly, a synthetic iso-paraffinic kerosine (IPK) was
approved as a blending component for semi-synthetic jet fuel blends. This was followed by a
fully synthetic jet fuel, a blend of up to five synthetic streams (including aromatic fractions).
121
EI12/059
These approvals were obtained before the development of the ASTM D7566 specification
and it was the experience gained during this approval process that led to the development of
that specification.
The D7655 specification restricts the quantity of synthetic component to no more than 50%
by volume of the jet fuel blend. The synthetic components in themselves are not suitable for
use as jet fuel for a number of reasons:
low density, which can affect aircraft range
lack of aromatics, which can cause elastomeric seals in the aircraft fuel system to shrink,
leading to leakage
flat distillation curves, which can have an adverse impact on combustion performance in
turbine engines
Consequently, blending with conventional jet fuel is an essential requirement to remedy
these deficiencies.
[INSERT DIAGRAM/SCHEMATIC]
Figure 9 Example of synthetic fuel approval process

An approval for a particular synthetic component is specific to its manufacturing route and
includes controls on the manufacturing/synthesizing process. Any proposed alterations to
the process that produced the prototype batches on which approval was based are required
to be subjected to a Management of Change process (see chapter 3). The proposed
changes are required to be submitted to the specification authorities for approval before they
can be implemented.
11.3
MANUFACTURE OF SYNTHETIC FUEL BLENDS
ASTM D7566 covers the manufacture of aviation turbine fuel that consists of conventional
and synthetic blending components. The word manufacture normally applies to the refinery
production of aviation fuels from conventional sources (crude oil, natural gas liquid
condensates, heavy oil, shale oil and tar sands) using conventional refinery processes (see
chapter 6). In the context of ASTM D7566, the word manufacture is used to refer to the
blending of synthetic and conventional fuel components to produce a synthetic fuel blend
(also referred to as semi-synthetic jet fuel).
Only those synthetic blending components described and listed in the ASTM D7566 and its
Annexes, ASTM D1655 Annex A1 and DEF STAN 91-91 Annex D (latest issue) are
permitted. The addition of an approved antioxidant additive (see 7.3.1) to all synthesized
components is mandatory. It shall be added to the bulk product prior to movements or
operations that will significantly expose the product to air and in such a way as to ensure
122
EI12/059
adequate mixing. This shall be done as soon as practicable after hydroprocessing or

fractionation to prevent peroxidation and gum formation after manufacture. In-line injection
and tank blenders are considered acceptable methods for ensuring adequate mixing.
The batch of synthetic blending component is required to comply with ASTM D7566 and be
covered by a Test Report. The batch of blending component derived from conventional
sources shall comply with ASTM D1655, DEF STAN 91-91 or equivalent, recognised jet fuel
specification and be covered by a RCQ or CoA.
This blending operation is more likely to occur in downstream supply installations than in a
conventional oil refinery; nevertheless, it is useful to refer to the location as the point of
manufacture for the purposes of batching, testing and certification of the synthetic fuel
blend. Note: DEF STAN 91-91 does not permit the manufacture of synthetic jet fuel blends
within airport depots.
Owing to the differences in density, care is required during the blending operation to ensure
batch homogeneity. The requirements for the release of layered tanks detailed in chapter 8
do not apply to synthetic fuel blends.
ASTM D7566 restricts blends of synthetic and conventional jet fuel to no more than 50% by
volume of the synthetic component(s).
Once the synthetic fuel blend has been created and a batch defined, all of the requirements
for Batching, Certification and Release detailed in chapter 8 shall apply. Each batch of
blended product shall be fully tested against the DEF STAN 91-91 or ASTM D1655 jet fuel
specification and a CoA issued.
It is essential that the CoA states the volume percentage of synthetic component(s) in the
blend to alert subsequent handlers of the batch that any further blending of synthetic
components is not permitted if it takes the synthetic percentage above 50 volume percent.
The blending operation shall be conducted in facilities that comply with the requirements
detailed in chapter 9.
11.4
HANDLING OF SYNTHETIC FUEL BLENDS
Synthetic fuel blends are intended as drop in fuels that are completely equivalent to
conventional jet fuels in terms of aircraft operations. Consequently, storage and ground
handling procedures required for synthetic fuel blends are identical to those for conventional
jet fuel. Nevertheless, during their introductory period where they have been used in various
flight testing exercises, synthetic fuel blends have been handled in dedicated distribution
facilities while experience is gained.
123
EI12/059
ANNEX A (informative)
GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
A.1
TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
additives
adventitious
materials
approved additives
Appearance Check
Authorised
signatory
banking system
(pipeline)
batch; batched
material
batch tank
bio component
biojet
bonding
Material(s) (usually chemical products) added to change the

existing properties of, or impart new characteristics to, aviation
fuels (e.g. fuel system icing inhibitor (FSII), static dissipater
additive (SDA) etc.).
solid or liquid contaminants that can be picked up by aviation
fuels during storage and handling (including in refineries), and
distribution. Examples are rust, dirt, free (undissolved) water, salt
and microbiological growth. Unlike incidental materials (see
below), which are homogeneous, adventitious materials are
heterogeneous, and can be removed from aviation fuels by
appropriate settling and filtration/separation.
Additives that have been approved for use in aviation fuels.
NOTE: Fuel additives can only be listed in fuel specifications
after they have been approved by the aircraft and engine OEMs
following evaluation under ASTM D4054 Standard practice for
qualification and approval of new aviation turbine fuels and fuel
additives.
A field check to confirm the acceptability of the fuel (i.e. the
correct colour and that it is visually clear, bright and free from
particulate matter and undissolved water at ambient
temperature).
See Annex B.
A process of delivering fuel complying with the reference
specification, which is of the same volume as that received by the
pipeline operator, but not necessarily the same batch. Note: Such
systems are not necessarily fungible.
an identifiable quantity, produced at a refinery, tested and
identified as a single entity. If product from two or more batches is
mixed within or downstream of the refinery, it is re-tested and reidentified as a new batch. (See also certified material)
A tank in a refinery or supply installation in which fuel can be
batched.
Material derived from plant or animal sources, used as a blending
component to produce biofuel; most commonly biodiesel fuel with
Fatty Acid Methyl Esters (FAME) or gasoline with ethanol. Not to
be confused with biojet
Synthetic jet fuel blend containing synthetic hydrocarbons
produced by hydroprocessing of materials derived from plant or
animal sources (e.g. HEFA). Note: biojet is more of a marketing
term than an accepted technical definition.
The physical connection of two metal objects by an electrical
conductor that equalises the charge or electrical potential
between the two objects. Example: connecting a bonding cable
between a bridger/RTW and the loading rack before filling.
124
bottom sample
bridger
calibration
cathodic protection
or cathodically
protected
Certificate of
Analysis(CoA)
Certificate of Quality
(CoQ)
certified material
chemical water
detector
clay treater
colour
comingle,
comingling
compartment
competent person
EI12/059
A sample obtained from the material on the bottom surface of a

tank or container at its lowest point (Note: this has to be drawn
using a dedicated bottom sampler; it cannot be drawn using a
conventional sampler).
Road tank truck used to supply aviation fuel from one storage
area to another, such as refinery to terminal or terminal to airport.
Set of operations which establish, under specified conditions, the
relationship between the values indicated by a measuring device
and the corresponding known values obtained using a traceable
reference measurement standard with a defined measurement
uncertainty.
A method of preventing or reducing corrosion to a metal surface
(by using an impressed direct current or attaching sacrificial
anodes).
A document which shows the applicable specification
requirements of the product tested, the date, the test methods
followed and the test results. It also includes the quantity of the
batch, the batch number, the number of the tank containing the
product and references of the RCQs of the different batches
comingled in the batch being certified by the CoA (traceability).
The CoA is required to be signed by designated personnel. Note:
CoAs are valid for 180 days (or 12 months for drummed stocks).
A CoA is raised whenever a full specification test is performed
downstream of the original refinery tanks.
See Refinery Certificate of Quality (RCQ)
Defined quantity of fuel that has been batched, tested and where
a certificate (Refinery Certificate of Quality (RCQ), Certificate of
Analysis (CoA) or Recertification Test Certificate (RTC)) has been
issued.
A device used to confirm the presence of free or suspended
water in jet fuel (e.g. Hydrokit, Shell Water Detector etc.).
Chemical water detectors are designed to give a positive
indication of water in fuel at concentrations of above 30 parts per
million.
A treater that uses the medium of a special Attapulgus clay, either
in bulk or in replaceable cartridges, to adsorb and pick up surface
active agents, colour bodies and very fine particles in the fuel, not
otherwise removable. (Clay treaters are sometimes erroneously
referred to as clay filters)
In aviation gasolines, colour relates to the appearance of the
product compared with the expected colour, e.g. Avgas Grade
100LL is dyed blue and therefore is checked against this known
standard for product identification.
For jet fuel, Saybolt colour, a defined quality parameter, is tested
using ASTM D156. Saybolt colour detects depth of colour, not
tint.
The mixing of the same product grade from two or more different
sources or batches.
A liquid-tight division in a cargo tank.
A person who has documented capabilities and has the
experience in the relevant areas.
125
contaminated fuel
contamination
Control Check
copper strip
corrosion test
custody transfer
Custody transfer
point (CTP)
dedicated
differential pressure
dipstick
direct delivery
distillation
drain line sample
Existent gum
FAME
fast flush
filter/coalescer
element
filter elements
filter membrane test

filter/water
separator
EI12/059
Fuel that has been contaminated by adventitious or incidental

materials in excess of specified limits, or by mixture with other
fuels.
Foreign matter, solid or liquid, which gets into any aviation
product, e.g., water, rust, dirt, another product grade, etc. (See
also adventitious and incidental material).
The Control Check consists of an Appearance Check plus
density determination.
An analytical test to assess the relative degree of corrosivity of a
fuel.
An event where fuel passes from one entity/operator to another.
The point where responsibility for fuel quality changes from one
party to another, e.g. a defined point between a terminal
transferring fuel to a pipeline operator, or from the pipeline
operator to a receiving terminal. The CTP has to be agreed
between the parties involved.
The use of equipment for carrying and storing only a single grade
of product. For tanks, vessels, tank trucks, tank containers and
rail cars, dedicated means that at least the previous two cargoes
have been the same product as the one being loaded/stored and
change of grade procedures have been followed. See
segregated.
The difference in pressure readings between the inlet and outlet
sides of a filter vessel. Often referred to as Delta P, DP or P.
A graduated rod or stick that is inserted into a tank to measure
the amount of product in the tank.
Where a storage installation delivers directly to an airport facility,
via e.g. a dedicated truck, rail, pipeline or barge system (cf.
indirect delivery)
The process of separating the components of a liquid mixture by
boiling the liquid and then recondensing the resulting vapour.
Samples obtained from the water draw-off or drain point of a
storage tank, vehicle tank or filter vessel.
a non-volatile residue left following evaporation of the fuel.
Fatty Acid Methyl Ester, derived from plant or animal materials,
used as a blending component to produce biodiesel. May be
present at ppm levels in jet fuel as an Incidental Material.
Refers to an effective water draw-off from storage tanks.
An element that contains a porous media through which fuel is
passed to remove free water by causing very small droplets of
water to form larger drops (coalesce) which separate from fuel by
gravity. Typically made from fibre-glass. Coalescers also contain
pleated filter media for the removal of fine particulate matter.
Generic term given to disposable separation media installed in
filter vessels (i.e. filter/coalescers, separators and microfilters) in
order to remove suspended water and particulate matter.
See Millipore.
A vessel that contains filter/coalescer elements to remove solid
particulate matter and to coalesce fine water droplets, and
separator elements to prevent coalesced water droplets from
passing downstream of the vessel. Free water from the fuel
collects in the sump of the vessel from where it has to be
periodically drained.
126
flash point
floating suction
free water
freezing point
fuel system icing

inhibitor (FSII)
fungible pipeline
system
gravimetric test
hazardous area
classification
Hydrokit
incident
incidental materials
indirect delivery
inspector/surveyor
interface cut
intermediate
terminal/storage
EI12/059
The lowest temperature at which a liquid or a solid gives off

enough vapour to form a flammable air vapour mixture near its
surface.
Suction pipe that floats on the top of liquid in a tank permitting
product withdrawal from the top layer of liquid, which directionally
is the cleanest and driest fuel in the tank at the time.
Any undissolved water in fuel; generally in finely dispersed
droplets that may cause cloudiness and may settle due to gravity,
and form a defined layer at the bottom of a container, or in larger
quantities as bulk water.
the fuel temperature at which solid hydrocarbon crystals, formed
on cooling, disappear when the temperature of the fuel is allowed
to rise under specified conditions of test. Sometimes referred to
as freeze point.
Note: This is an aviation-specific definition. The normal definition
is the temperature at which a liquid becomes a solid, at normal
atmospheric pressure.
Approved chemical added to fuel to prevent formation of ice
crystals in fuel upon cooling.
Fungible pipeline systems are those that transport products comingled with other quantities of product meeting the same
product specification.
A membrane filtration test using two pre-weighed filter
membranes to allow a quantitative assessment of particulate in
the fuel.
A system of classification for equipment to determine
requirements for equipment operation in the presence of
flammable vapours etc. e.g. in Europe ATEX. (See intrinsically
safe.)
A go-no-go test using a chemical powder to detect greater than
about 30 ppm free water in jet fuel.
An occurrence which affects or could affect the safety of
operations.
Chemicals and compositions that can occur in aviation fuels as a
result of refinery production, processing, distribution, or storage.
Examples are refinery process chemicals, FAME (biodiesel), and
copper or other metals in soluble form. They differ from
adventitious materials (see above) in that, once in the fuel, they
are homogeneous and cannot be easily removed. In refinery
processing (and in multi-product distribution systems),
contamination of aviation fuel with trace levels of incidental
materials is unavoidable from a practical point of view.
Where a refinery or terminal delivers to an intermediate storage
installation (cf. direct delivery).
A trained, competent person who conducts inspections, surveys
or examinations of fuel movements to assess, monitor and report
on their quality and quantity.
A procedure used to isolate or segregate one product from
another at the receiving end of a non-dedicated pipeline, as the
products go into tankage.
A storage terminal or plant situated between the supplying
refinery and the airport operating storage. Also includes receipt
storage at an airport from which fuel is transferred to airport
operating tanks.
127
inter-product
contamination
(crosscontamination)
intrinsically safe
ISO tank container
isolation
leak
line sample
low point (designated)
lower sample
Manufacture/
manufacturer
master meter
Mesh strainer
Microfilter,
(micronic filter)
microfiltration
EI12/059
Another type of fuel contaminating aviation fuel in sufficient

quantity to cause measurable effects on the properties of that
aviation fuel, or to cause measurable contamination with
incidental materials. For example, a small volume of gasoline in
jet fuel can significantly lower its flash point, while contamination
with diesel fuel can raise its freezing point. Contamination with
biodiesel can raise the FAME content in jet fuel over the
acceptable limit.
Equipment and wiring that is incapable of releasing sufficient
electrical or thermal energy under normal or abnormal conditions
to cause ignition of a flammable atmosphere in its most easily
ignited concentration. See hazardous area classification.
A steel container (usually cylindrical with hemispherical ends)
installed within a standard ISO frame (normal dimensions 20 x 8 x
8.5 feet), used for the transport of bulk liquids. Most common tank
capacity is 25,000L (6,600 USG)
A physical means of separating equipment containing different
grades of fuel or certified and uncertified aviation fuel grades.
(See segregation.)
Any loss of fuel due to a defect in the storage, piping, or delivery
system.
A sample obtained from a line sampling point, drawn while the
product is flowing. Not to be confused with Running sample.
A drain point in a pipeline where significant quantities of
particulate/water would accumulate if the position was not flushed
on a regular basis.
Note: The frequency of flushing should be determined by
documented experience. Where pipelines are in turbulent flow
conditions, it is unlikely that significant quantities of
particulate/water will accumulate (it is recommended to operate
pipelines as close as possible to the nominal flow rate).
A sample obtained from the middle depth of the lower third of the
tank contents
The word manufacture normally applies to the refinery
production of aviation fuels from conventional sources (crude oil,
natural gas liquid condensates, heavy oil, shale oil and tar sands)
using conventional refinery processes (see chapter 6). In the
context of ASTM D7566, the word manufacture is used to refer
to the blending of synthetic and conventional fuel components to
produce a synthetic fuel blend (also referred to as semi-synthetic
jet fuel). (See chapter 11)
A certified accurate meter used to check flow meters on
dispensing equipment or fixed facilities.
A woven metal filter. Coarse strainers are used in pipework to
protect pumps, meters, etc. from debris within the pipe that could
damage them. Fine mesh strainers are used for product quality
purposes to filter out rust, pipescale, etc. from the fuel.
A filter specifically designed to remove only dirt particles from a
fuel stream. Typically used upstream of Filter/water Separators
(FWS) in high dirt environments to prolong life of the FWS
elements.
Filtration systems that comply with the requirements of EI 1581
5th edition, EI 1583 6th edition or EI 1590 2nd edition.
128
Micro-separometer
(MSEP)
middle sample
Millipore
multiple-tank
composite sample
(ships, barges, etc)
multi-product
pipeline (MPPL)
non-dedicated
non-fungible system
(pipeline)
parcel
particulates
Periodic Test
Positive segregation
POZ-T
pressure, operating
pressure, test
prover tank
qualification
rebatching
EI12/059
A test method for determining water separation characteristics of

jet fuel.
A sample obtained from the middle depth of the tank contents
A test for solid contaminant in a sample of fuel that is passed
through a filter membrane, which is then weighed (Gravimetric
Test), or matched to a colour standard (Colorimetric Test) to
determine the degree of contamination.
A mixture of individual Composite Samples from several
compartments each of which contains the same grade of product.
The mixture is blended in proportion to the volume of material in
each compartment.
Pipeline system transporting different qualities of product,
corresponding to different specifications, with or without physical
separation between products
A system of tankage, pipes, vehicles, etc., in which more than
one product or grade of product can or does flow through the
same system; single valve isolation is considered non-dedicated.
Also referred to as a multi-product system.
When the original identity of each batch will be maintained and
the parcels transported in a segregated manner
Discrete defined volume of fuel in a pipeline
Solid contaminants found in Jet fuel (i.e., dirt, rust, sand, fibres,
microbial growth); see also adventitious materials
A selected set of tests carried out on samples of static stock after
6 months to confirm that fuel meets the relevant specification and
that the quality of the fuel has not changed significantly since the
last test was carried out. The Periodic Test is the same as a
Recertification Test with the addition of a thermal stability test
requirement.
A means of providing more effective isolation than that provided
by single valve separation (which can leak). Examples are double
block and bleed valve; spectacle blinds, spades or equivalent; or
removable distance pieces like spools or flanges. See also
segregation
A chemical water detector and dirt contamination device
produced in Russia and approved by JIG/IATA for use. Similar to
Hydrokit and Shell Water Detector, but with an additional dirt
contamination indicator.
The pressure against a pumps maximum no-flow head, existing
in a system under flowing conditions or static conditions but
excluding surge pressures.
The pressure at which a system or a component of the system is
tested to verify its integrity.
A volumetrically calibrated tank used to prove the accuracy of the
meters. Also called meter proving tank or calibration tank.
Demonstrated skill, documented training, demonstrated
knowledge, and experience required for personnel to properly
perform the duties of a specific job.
The process of comingling different batches in a single volume
and retesting as a single entity.
129
Recertification Test
reconciliation
Refinery Certificate
of Quality (RCQ)
(Certificate of
Quality (CoQ))
relaxation time
Release Certificate
rundown tank
running sample
segregation/
segregated
separator element
service tank
EI12/059
A selected set of tests carried out on fuel supplied during or after

certain types of movement, to verify that the fuel has not been
contaminated and that the quality of the fuel concerned has not
otherwise changed. Samples tested are required to remain within
the specification limits. Test results for specified critical properties
are also required to be within maximum variances of the previous
analysis of the same fuel batch. Implicit in the definition of
Recertification Test is the comparison of the results with those on
the original RCQ or CoA.
Comparison of the quantity of additive used with the volume of
fuel additivated to verify the dosage rate.
A document which shows the applicable specification
requirements for the products being tested, the date, the test
method and the test results. It also includes the amount and type
of additives used, the quantity of the batch, the batch number and
the number of the tank containing the product. The RCQ is
required to be signed by designated personnel. Note: RCQs are
valid for 180 days (or 12 months for drummed stocks). A RCQ is
raised whenever full certification tests are performed at a refinery.
Note: sometimes also referred to as Refinery Batch Test
Certificate.
The time required to allow any build-up of static electricity within
the fuel to dissipate. This is calculated by including volumetric
capacity in a fuel handling system, which increases the residence
time (downstream of any charge generating equipment such as
filters) for the purpose of dissipating, or losing, static electricity
charge, before the fuel discharges from the fuel system into a
tank, truck or aircraft.
A document that supports any transfer of aviation fuel, confirming
compliance with the applicable specification and containing, as a
minimum: reference to batch number or other unique identifier
(e.g. tank number, date and time), test report number (last full
certification - RCQ or CoA or re-certification test on this batch),
date and time of release, certified batch density, quantity of fuel
(this may be added subsequently for pipeline transfers),
compliance with the visual appearance requirement (and
conductivity if SDA is present), grade of fuel and specification,
signature of releasing authority.
A tank in a refinery receiving product direct from a processing
unit.
A sample obtained with an apparatus that accumulates the
sample from a storage tank while passing in both directions
through the total liquid depth (sometimes called an all levels
sample). Not to be confused with Line sample
The isolation, usually via single valve separation, of aviation fuel
from other grades of fuel in a multiproduct system, and of certified
fuel from uncertified fuel in a dedicated aviation fuel system. See
also positive segregation
A simple water-repelling (hydrophobic) screen (element) that
prevents water droplets from passing downstream of a filter/water
separator vessel. The separator element is positioned
downstream of the filter/coalescer element.
A tank in which fuel has been certified for release (also referred to
as a working tank or delivery tank)
130
settling time
Shell Water Detector

(SWD)
shipper (pipeline)
single-tank
composite sample
slug valve
smoke point
soak testing
static dissipater
additive (SDA)
static electricity
static storage/
static stock
storage installation
sulphur, total;
total sulphur
sump
surfactants (surface
active-agents)
tested material
thermal stability test
EI12/059
The time required after receipt and before shipment of product

from a storage tank to provide adequate settling of solid
contaminants and water.
A chemical water detection test. A faint colour change from yellow
to pale green occurs with water content as low as 5 ppm. Colour
at 30 ppm is a definite green or blue green.
The company providing aviation fuel to the ingress CTP of a
pipeline
A sample obtained by blending Upper, Middle and Lower
samples. For a vertical tank of uniform cross-section, the blend
consists of equal parts of the three samples
An inline valve that is triggered to close and shut off flow, when
excess water builds up in a sump and trips a solenoid by means
of a float or electrical probe.
A test to provide an indication of the relative smoke-producing
properties of a jet fuel. A high smoke point indicates a low smokeproducing tendency.
A comparative test of fuel properties from before and after a
period of static exposure to a tank or pipeline (normally several
days) to determine that exposure to the surface does not affect
fuel quality. This is normally associated with commissioning of
tanks or pipelines following internal treatments such as epoxy
lining.
Approved additive for improving fuel conductivity leading to more
rapid relaxation of static electricity. Sometimes referred to as antistatic additive or conductivity improving additive.
An electrical potential generally built up by friction (e.g. between
flowing fuel and another surface). A build-up of static electricity
may be great enough to cause sparking or arcing capable of
causing combustion.
Storage of fuel in tanks that have had no new fuel introduced in
six months for jet fuel or three months for Avgas.
Refinery storage or storage at terminals/distribution installations/
depots (intermediate and pre-airfield).
A measure of total sulphur in jet fuel in accordance with a defined
standard test method. Controlling total sulphur below a maximum
limit ensures that possible corrosion of turbine metal parts by the
sulphur oxides formed during combustion is minimal.
The lowest point in a storage tank, vehicle tank or filter, purposely
designed to collect water and particulate. When a tank or filter is
sumped, the contaminants are removed as part of routine quality
assurance tests or maintenance on equipment.
Detergent-like compounds frequently found in jet fuel. These
compounds are of concern because they have a disarming effect
on elements used in filter/water separators. Clay treatment is one
means of removing surfactants from jet fuel.
Components where all or specific tests have been performed
A Jet Fuel Thermal Oxidation Test (IP323 / ASTM D3241), often
referred to as the JFTOT, which is used to ensure that jet fuel
has acceptable thermal stability. Fuel instability leads to thermal
breakdown causing particle or gum formation, either in
suspension in the fuel or as lacquer build-up on metal surfaces,
which can adversely affect the operation of the aircraft engine fuel
system and injector nozzles.
131
thief pump
traceability
transmix
ullage
unbatched
uncertified material
upper sample
Visi-jar
Visual Check
waste fuel
water defence
system
water dip
EI12/059
A small hand- or motor-operated pump with a long suction tube,

which reaches to the bottom of a tank to drain off any water
collected on the tank bottom, or to collect samples.
The ability to track distinct batches of fuel through the distribution
system, back to the point of manufacture.
A volume of interface material made up from two different
materials in pipelines
Volume of the space between a hatch of a tank/compartment to
the surface of fuel.
A quantity of fuel not yet identified as a discrete batch
A batch for which a RCQ has not been issued. A blend of certified
materials that has not yet been certified itself. This cannot be
regarded as aviation fuel.
A sample obtained from the middle depth of the upper third of a
tank contents.
A clear glass container with a lid, which is permanently connected
to a sample point in order to facilitate a visual appearance check,
and to minimise skin contact with fuel. Also known as a closed
circuit sampler.
An Appearance Check plus the use of a Chemical Water Detector
to confirm water-free status of fuel.
Fuel not suitable for aircraft use, or for recycling back into fuel.
A device that senses a predetermined level of free water in a
filter/water separator sump, and automatically stops the flow of
fuel to prevent downstream contamination.
A water-sensitive paste applied to the end of a rod or weight,
which is lowered to the bottom of a tank or drum to check for the
presence of water, as determined by a change in colour of the
paste.
132
A.2
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
m
B5
B15
B100
CoA
CoQ
CRM
CTP
DP
DPK
DRA
EI
FAME
FSII
FWS
gpm
HEFA
HM
IBC
ISGOTT
JFTOT
kPa
LIA
LIMS
MBG
MoC
mg
mm
MPPL
MSEP
MTC
OEM
P&ID
ppm
pS/m
RC
RCQ
RTC
RDE/A/xxx
SDA
SPK
SQC
SWD
TRV
USG
USQ
micrometre
Biodiesel fuel containing 5 % FAME
Biodiesel fuel containing 15 % FAME
Pure FAME
Certificate of Analysis
Certificate of Quality (synonymous with RCQ)
Certified Reference Material
Custody Transfer Point
Differential Pressure
Dual purpose kerosine
Drag Reducing Additive
Energy Institute
Fatty Acid Methyl Ester
Fuel system icing inhibitor
Filter/water separator
U.S. gallons per minute
Hydroprocessed esters and fatty acids
Hydrocarbon Management (series of publications from the EI)
Intermediate Bulk Container (usually 1 m3)
International Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals
Jet Fuel Thermal Oxidation Test
kilopascal
Lubricity Improving Additive
Laboratory Information Management System
Microbiological growth
Management of Change
milligram
millimetre
Multi-product Pipeline
Micro-separometer
Multiple Tank Composite
Original Equipment Manufacturer
Piping and Instrumentation Diagram
parts per million; equates to mg/kg
picosiemens per metre
Release Certificate
Refinery Certificate Of Quality
Recertification Test Certificate
Numbering system used by UK MoD for identifying approved fuel
additives
Static Dissipater Additive
Synthetic Paraffinic Kerosine
Statistical Quality Control
Shell Water Detector
Thermal Relief Valve
US gallon
US quart
133
EI12/059
EI12/059
ANNEX B (normative)
AUTHORISED SIGNATORIES
B.1
DEFINITION
An authorised signatory is an individual who has been granted the written authority to sign
one or more classes of document on behalf of a corporation, company or other institutional
collective such as a partnership.
There is no such thing as an automatic right to sign documents on behalf of an organisation.
It may be that within the corporate structure, rights are granted to individuals as part of a job
description by law if the person is, for instance, the designated safety manager, but it should
be understood that the right to sign documents on behalf of a legal body is something that
has to be well controlled, and forms a fundamental part of corporate security, management
and liability control.
Signatories may come by their authorisations in a number of ways.
a) Pre-qualification may be necessary such as membership of a professional body (e.g.
licensed engineers, chemists, etc.). Whilst such prequalification may authorise the
person to sign certain documents in a general sense, there shall also be a written record
of such empowerment by the directors of the Corporation or through line management to
directors.
b) Authorisation may be granted on the basis of qualification, experience or skill level.
Typically this is the case with engineering and laboratory staff. These authorisations are
specific and are best kept time-bound and subject to renewal.
c) Authorisation may also be granted for specific limited purposes in response to
circumstance, for instance if the laboratory manager is unavailable due to vacation or
other commitments, a deputy may be authorised to sign various paperwork as the
alternate. It is important that such temporary or limited authorisations are fully
documented, strictly time and scope bound, and reviewed regularly.
B.2
AUTHORISATION PROCESS
The authorisation process shall be fully documented, including a simple registry of those
holding the signatory authority, any time- and scope limits, the date of authorisation, the
name(s) of those granting the authorisation, a counter signatory confirming the authorisation
and at least one specimen signature.
The registry is to be secure and shall be kept available for audit by a qualified custodian of
records.
Signatory records shall be maintained for 7 years after the signatory rights of an individual
expire.
Before a signatory is confirmed, a due diligence process, commensurate with the level of
authority, responsibility and risk placed on the corporation by the signature being affixed,
shall be carried out. The monetary, safety, commercial and legal risks shall be reviewed and
the process raised to an appropriate level of corporate management before any candidate is
authorised. The usual mechanism by which this is recorded is a series of countersignatures.
134
EI12/059
When setting up any authorisation scheme the following elements shall be addressed
a) The establishment of a registry of authorised signatories
b) The appointment of a custodian of records
c) The documentation of the minimum qualifications, training experience, etc. for candidacy
for authorisation
d) The appointment and registration of those at each level of the process who may confirm
a candidates qualifications and suitability
e) Senior management level approval of the scheme as a whole
f) Documentation of the workflow within the process
g) A timeline for the review of the scheme by an appropriate level of management
B.3
Example process for establishing authorised signatories in laboratories.
B.3.1. Documents required

a) personal details / HR records of the candidate including all training records, professional
affiliations and experience
b) Statement from current direct supervisor as to recent work on aviation fuels in the
laboratory, including comments as to scope and frequency of the work routinely carried
out
c) Current industry standards such as DEF STAN 91-91, ASTM D1655, JIG 3 / AFQRJOS
Checklist / Laboratory ISO 9001 and/or ISO 17025 manual, work instructions and
records.
d) Company policy level documents such as
i) Group Safety Manual
ii) Code of Conduct and associated documents
iii) Sustainability Policy
iv) Communication Policy
e) Aviation Fuel Laboratory Data Release Signature Register
B.3.2. Process
a) The laboratory manager shall identify any candidate they feel is suitable as an Aviation
Fuels Signatory (title may be company-specific). The candidacy shall be supported by
records detailing.
i) Academic qualifications
ii) Professional qualifications and affiliations
iii) Laboratory work experience in general
iv) Experience of the analysis of aviation fuels specifically
v) relevant training records
b) The laboratory manager, or an appropriate deputy or authorised auditor, shall observe the
candidate at work analysing aviation fuels, or in the case that authorisation is sought for Test
Observation status only, observing aviation testing.
c) A written record of the observation session(s) ((2) above) shall be reviewed twice
i) With the candidate as a debrief on performance
ii) With the lab manager and / or next line manager to establish candidate compliance
with minimum standards of knowledge, skill, performance and understanding
concering aviation fuels and the risks posed by inadequate performance of analysis
and / or test observation.
d) An application form shall be completed by the candidate and the line managers and
submitted to the registry manager for assessment.
e) The registry manager shall make an assessment of the application and assign a status to
the application. The available status designators are:
135
EI12/059
i) Rejected
ii) Trainee
iii) Application received pending review
iv) Authorised signatory (valid for 24 months from the time of acceptance)
f) The registry shall be subject to periodic corporate QA audit.
g) The registry and the registration process shall be reviewed with senior management
periodically.
136
EI12/059
ANNEX C (normative)
EQUIPMENT/INSTALLATION PRECONDITIONING PRIOR TO USE WITH
AVIATION FUEL
C.1
INTRODUCTION TO PRE-CONDITIONING (FLUSHING AND SOAK TESTING)
Pre-conditioning shall be carried out to ensure that fuel wetted surfaces of new and/or
refurbished equipment (after construction work and repairs) and facilities are suitable for use
with aviation fuel. This involves flushing (lined and unlined) to ensure the removal of welding
flux, valve grease, corrosion inhibitor fluids or other general debris, and for internally lined
systems, soak testing to ensure that there are no potential contaminants present in the form
of solvents from the coating/lining.
Soak testing is not necessary for unlined systems (aluminium, mild or stainless steel) where
commissioning and flushing procedures have been effective.
A soak test consists of filling the system being commissioned with the appropriate fuel grade
and leaving it to stand for a soak period. A retention sample of the fuel used is taken before
filling as a control. At the end of the soak period, fuel samples are taken from the system
being commissioned and submitted for laboratory testing. Test results are compared with the
fuel specification limits and with the original RCQ, CoA or RTC to look for differences and to
establish whether the system is suitable for use. If there is a concern that the test certificate
results are not representative of the fuel used for the soak test due to line content etc, it is
recommended that the retention (pre-soak) sample is analysed in parallel with the post-soak
sample.
C.2
APPLICATION
C.2.1 New fixed systems and equipment

Documented soak test action plans should be developed, reviewed and approved by
competent personnel before commissioning begins.
Soak testing shall be carried out on the constructed facility rather than on representative
sections of pipe or individual pieces of equipment (e.g. tanks or filter vessels) prior to
installation. This ensures that the soak test identifies any contamination caused by the
fabrication of the equipment or from on-site construction work.
Where in-situ soak testing may not be practicable, relatively short sections of pipe, fittings or
valves involved may be soak-tested before installation, provided that adequate precautions
are taken to maintain the cleanliness of the components until the new system is put into
service.
Once the system has been filled with the correct grade of fuel, all components in the system
that contain moving parts in contact with the fuel should be operated to help wash out any
contaminants, for instance by opening and closing each valve a number of times.
C.2.2 New road tankers and rail tank cars
New road tankers and rail tank cars are typically manufactured from aluminium or stainless
steel, and are unlined, but may be delivered with residual water from hydrostatic testing.
137
EI12/059
Prior to use the tanks should be cleaned with a steam or hot water wash to remove any
residual welding fluxes, valve greases, corrosion inhibitor fluids etc. During this cleaning the
drain valves shall be left open to aid the removal of any contaminants. Following cleaning,
and before the first aviation fuel grade fuel is carried, an effective flushing procedure shall be
completed using the grade intended for service. The flushing quantity should be
downgraded.
All lined road and rail tank cars, regardless of the tank shell construction material, shall be
soak tested. The requirement to soak test new lined road tankers and rail tank cars can be
fulfilled by the manufacturer in accordance with this annex prior to delivery. However, if the
condition of the road tankers and rail tank cars upon initial inspection indicates possible
contamination, then a soak test shall be carried out before the unit is placed into service.
C.2.3 New/refurbished coastal/inland waterway barges and ocean vessels
Coastal/inland waterway barges and ocean vessels have pipework and pumping
configurations that may be difficult to adequately soak test and pipework sampling may not
identify contamination. While soak testing in accordance with this annex is typically
impractical for these types of vessels, new and refurbished vessels require pre-conditioning
prior to their first use for aviation fuel service.
As a minimum, all new or refurbished vessels shall be either soak tested in accordance with
this annex, or shall have transported white oil cargoes to a minimum of 80% of the cargo
tank capacity for a minimum fuel residence time of six days (50 % longer than minimum
required for soak testing) before carrying aviation fuel. When transporting aviation fuel for
the first time:
the ship tank inspection report shall be reviewed;
there shall be first foot testing of every compartment loaded;
A full CoA testing of a multiple tank composite sample (MTC) shall be carried out after
loading, and
A Recertification test of a multiple tank composite sample (MTC) shall be carried out
before discharge.
C.2.4 Existing fixed systems and equipment
Soak testing shall be conducted following major repair work or major modifications to
existing lined systems.
Major repair or modifications are typically defined as new lining material applied to more than
5% of the tanks coated surface area or surface area of existing piping. However following a
risk assessment by a competent person, different criteria may be applicable. Each entity
(tank or pipework) shall be treated as a separate element for the purposes of defining the
percentage area. After minor spot repairs to internal lining, re-commissioning involves
confirmation of acceptable hardness of the repaired lining area without soak testing.
Replacement or repaired equipment (pumps, filter vessels, valves etc.) do not generally
require soak testing prior to use because of the small internal fuel-wetted surface areas
compared with the total system. However, some equipment (e.g. fuel pumps) may be stored
and shipped with preservative oil or lined with a rust inhibitor to prevent corrosion. Small
amounts of these materials can result in the contamination of large volumes of fuel.
Confirmation that no undesirable materials are present on the internal surfaces, which come
in contact with the fuel, shall be obtained from the equipment supplier or repairing service
before installation.
138
EI12/059
C.2.5 Existing road tankers and rail tank cars

Existing lined road tankers and rail tank cars shall be treated as new equipment and soak
tested accordingly where:
they are without records, or
have been through a facility involving major repairs to the lining (see definition of major in
C.2.4),
C.3
SOAK TESTING PROCEDURES
C.3.1 Soak periods

C.3.1.1 Storage tanks, pipelines and ancillary equipment
Due to the stringent test requirements contained in EI 1541 there is little risk of fuel
contamination from a lining meeting these requirements if the lining is properly applied and
allowed to fully cure in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. Other
contaminants that may be present such as rolling oils, welding flux or valve grease will
dissolve into the fuel rapidly or may be removed by flushing and draining of the system.
To ensure sufficient contact time is achieved, there shall be a minimum 4 day and maximum
7 day soak period after construction work or major repairs to a fuel system, provided that:
The lining meets the performance requirements specified in EI 1541
The lining is properly applied and allowed to fully cure in accordance with the
manufacturers recommendations
The lining is covered by a 10-year application and material warranty
If the lining material has not been confirmed to comply with the requirements of EI 1541
and/or is not covered by a 10-year application and material warranty, additional soak times
and sampling and testing shall be applied to demonstrate suitability.
C.3.1.2 Road tanker and rail tank cars
For road tankers and rail tank cars with lined tanks and piping, the product shall be left after
circulation to soak for a minimum of 24 hours.
C.3.1.3 Coastal/inland waterway barges and ocean vessels
For vessels with lined tanks and piping, the product shall be left after circulation for a
minimum 4 day and maximum 7 day soak period.
C.4
SOAK QUANTITIES
The general principle is to maximize contact of the fuel with the surface area of the lined
system under test. In most cases this means filling the system with a large quantity of fuel.
C.4.1 Fully lined storage tanks
Filling fully lined storage tanks to the Normal Fill Level is recommended for soak testing.
However, as a minimum, there shall be sufficient fuel to cover the floating or fixed suction
and the receipt nozzle to allow for circulation through the piping system to flush out any
contaminants without pump cavitation.
C.4.2 Partially lined storage tanks
There shall be sufficient fuel to cover the floating or fixed suction and the receipt nozzle to
allow for circulation through the piping system to flush out any contaminants without pump
cavitation.
139
EI12/059
Local circumstances may demand more (or less) stringent procedures, which should be
determined by a competent person, in line with the principles set out in this annex.
C.4.3 Pipelines
Supply Lines shall be filled completely.
C.4.4 Road tankers and rail tank cars
It is recommended that lined road tankers and rail tank cars are filled completely. However,
as a minimum, the level shall be sufficient to cover the inlet and outlet valves/suction.
C.4.5 Coastal/inland waterway barges and ocean vessels
Filling fully lined compartments to their Normal Fill Level is recommended. However, as a
minimum, there shall be sufficient fuel to cover the first foot. Note: The smaller the fuel
volume used the more stringent the soak test.
C.5
SAMPLING AND TESTING
At the end of the soak period representative samples shall be obtained from appropriate
locations as outlined in C.5.1 and submitted for laboratory testing.
A minimum of 2 litres (2 USQ) is required for jet fuel or a minimum of 4 litres (1 USG) for
Avgas.
C.5.1 Sampling
C.5.1.1 General
In all cases it is important to ensure that the sampling point is clean and flushed prior to
taking the sample. Any accumulated solid matter (particulate) and/or free water should be
removed until the fuel is clear and bright. This is very important because sampling lines on
tanks are sometimes inadvertently overlooked during commissioning. Only approved sample
containers shall be used and the container shall be flushed and rinsed thoroughly with the
product to be sampled and allowed to drain before use.
C.5.1.2 Storage tanks
A Bottom Sample from the low point shall be used for horizontal and vertical tanks. A sample
taken from this location represents the most severe case as the fuel is in close contact with
the lining and any heavy contaminants are likely to be collected during sampling.
C.5.1.3 Pipework
Small piping configurations that can be circulated into a tank may be tested as part of the
tank soak test and not sampled/tested separately.
Larger supply piping networks shall have samples taken from each major section (e.g.
receipt & delivery lines) for separate testing. Samples should be taken from more than one
point and combined into a single composite sample.
C.5.1.4 Road Tankers and Rail Tank Cars.
A sample shall be taken from each compartment, preferably from the low point or outlet of
the tank.
C.5.2 Laboratory Testing
A selection of laboratory tests is carried out on the representative sample to determine the
quality of the fuel following the soak test. The fuel properties tested shall be compared with
the specification limits for the grade of fuel used and with the pre-soak test results for the
fuel used (either from the original certification or from testing a pre-soak sample). A
140
EI12/059
successful result requires that all tested properties are within the specification limits and
within the tolerance limits established for recertification. If any test result does not fully
comply with the applicable specification or falls outside the allowable variances, the product
shall be re-sampled and re-tested. If the fuel still fails to comply, it shall be removed and
downgraded to non-aviation use, the system re-filled with on-specification fuel and the soak
test repeated.
The required laboratory tests are shown in Table C.1.
Table C.1 Required laboratory tests
Test Method
ASTM
IP
Appearance
X
X
D4176
Existent Gum
X
X
D381
540
Water Reaction
X
D1094
289
MSEP
X
D3948
Conductivity
X
D2624
274
Saybolt Colour
X
D156
Thermal Stability *
X
D3241
323
Distillation **
X
X
D86
123
Flash Point
X
D56
170
* It is recommended that the Thermal Stability of the fuel used for Soak Testing has a
breakpoint of at least 275 deg C to allow for test precision
** Distillation by Simulated Distillation (ie IP406/ASTM D2887) may be used for further
investigation as it is more sensitive to residues/contamination
Jet Fuels
C.6
Avgas
SUMMARY
Table C.2 and accompanying notes provide a summary of the soak test requirements for
storage tanks, piping, ancillary equipment, vehicles and inland waterway/coastal barges/
marine vessels.
141
EI12/059
Table C.2 - Summary of soak testing requirements

Storage Tanks
Pipelines
Duration
Fuel
Volume
Fully Lined
Partially Lined
4-7 days
(Note 1)
4-7 days
Ancillary
Equipment
(Pumps,
valves,
meters filter
vessels, etc)
4-7 days
Enough product
to cover the
floating or fixed
(Note 2)
Sufficient to fill suction & the
Fill lines
to Normal fill receipt nozzle
completely
level
to allow
circulation of
product without
pump cavitation
Road
tankers &
rail tank cars
(fully lined).
Min 24 hours
Inland
waterway/co
astal barges,
marine
vessels (fully
lined)
4-7 days
Sufficient to
fill to Normal
fill level
See
comments in
text
Jet Fuel: Appearance, Existent Gum, MSEP, Conductivity, Saybolt Colour, thermal
Laboratory stability, Distillation & Flash Point
Testing
Avgas: Appearance, Existent Gum, Water Reaction & Distillation
Sample
Volume
Jet Fuel: Minimum 2 Litres or 1 USG

Avgas: Minimum 4 Litres or 1 USG
Note 1: Applies to lining material meeting EI 1541 and covered by a 10 year joint material and
applications warranty from the manufacturer.
Note 2: Newly installed ancillary equipment (e.g. pumps, filter vessels, valves, control valves,
meters, sense tubing, water drain lines, etc.) should be soak-tested during the system soak test.
142
EI12/059
ANNEX D (normative)
EXAMPLE CERTIFICATES
D.1 Example form for Avgas recertification
Date:
Tank No:
Batch No:
Grade
Specification *ASTM D910
*DEF STAN 91-90
Quantity in Tank Before

Quality Received
Quantity In Tank After
*Delete as appropriate
Property
Test
method
Spec
limits
Previous
Recert
(Heel)
New 1
RCQ/
CoA
New 2
RCQ/
CoA
New 3
RCQ/
CoA
Weighted Current Accept.

average Recert
Diff.
Appearance
Lean Knock Rating
Tel Content, gPb/1
3
Density at 15 C, kg/m
Upper
Middle
Lower
Distillation
D2700
IP228
0.05
D1298
D86
10 % evaporated at C
End Point, C
Sum of 10+50 % evaporated
Recovery, % vol
Loss, % vol
Reid Vapour Pressure, kPA
D323
4.5
Corrosion, Cu strip
IP154
Spec
limit
Existent Gum, mg/100 ml
D381
Batch recertification approved by . Date

Tank checked and released for service
Date
Where minimum/maximum limits are given, the Acceptable Difference values do not apply to
results below minimum or above maximum.
* Test methods in accordance with relevant specification.
143
EI12/059
D.2 Example form for Jet A-1 recertification

Date:
Tank No:
Batch No:
Quantity in Tank Before

Quality Received
Quantity In Tank After
Property
Test
method*
Appearance
Spec
limits
Previous
Recert
(Heel)
New 1
RCQ/
CoA
New 2
RCQ/
CoA
New 3
RCQ/
CoA
Weighted Current Accept.

average Recert
Diff.
C&B
Saybolt Colour
D156
Distillation
D86
Report
205 max
Report
Report
300 max
Residue, % vol
1.5
Loss, % vol
1.5
38 min
End Point, C
Flash Point, C
IP170
3
Density at 15 C, kg/m
Upper
Middle
Lower
D1298 775/840
3
3
3
3
Freezing Point, C
D2386 -47 max
Corrosion, Cu strip
D130
1 max
Spec
limit
Existent Gum (Steam jet)
IP540
7.0 max
Spec
limit
Microseparometer (MSEP)
rating
D3948
70 min
Electrical conductivity,
pS/m at C
D2624
50 min
600 max
FAME content, mg/kg**
IP585
IP590
5.0 max
Spec
limit
Where minimum/maximum limits are given, the Acceptable Difference values do not apply to results below minimum
or above maximum.
* Test methods in accordance with relevant specification.
** FAME test limit may be revised in 2013.
Batch recertification approved by . Date .

Tank checked and released for service
144
Date
D.3 Example release certificate for road or rail tank cars for Jet A-1
145
EI12/059
D.4 Example release certificate for road or rail tank cars for avgas
146
EI12/059
EI12/059
D.5 Example release certificate for pipelines, ocean tankers, coastal/inland waterway
vessels
147
EI12/059
D.6 Example form for recording condition of tank interior fittings and coatings
Number
Terminal/Airport
1.
TANK DATA
Capacity
Tank Number
Vertical
Horizontal
Above Ground
m3/USG
Other
Semi-Buried
Buried
Date Constructed
Leaded/Unleaded
Extent of Lining
Date of Lining
Grade Before Cleaning
Grade After Cleaning
Date of Last Repair
Type of Repair
Date of Last Inspection
Date of This Inspection
2. TYPE OF INSPECTION
By Entry
Without Entry
Entry Permit Number
Dated
3. CLEANING METHOD
CONDITION
4. INSPECTION OF FITTINGS
Contents Gauge
Temperature Gauge
Level Alarms
Floating Suction/Swivels/Cables
Water Drain Facilities
Valves: Inlet
Outlet
P&V
Leak Detection System
Under-floor Valves
Other Fittings (Specify)
5. DETAILS OF CONTAMINATION REMOVED

Quantity of Sludge
Quantity of Water
Comments
148
EI12/059
6. DETAILS OF EXTERNAL EXAMINATION

7. DETAILS OF INTERNAL EXAMINATION
(a) Floor
(b) Walls
(c) Columns And Beams
(d) Roof
8. DIAGRAM
Horizontal Section
10. RECOMMENDATIONS
- The Tank is considered to be clean and satisfactory for the storage of aviation fuel
- The following actions should be completed before the Tank can be considered suitable for the
storage of aviation fuel:
Signed
Inspector
149
EI12/059
ANNEX E (normative)
DATA INTEGRITY MANAGEMENT FLOW
CHARTS
E.1 Introduction
This annex has been prepared to assist Laboratories and affected departments (e.g. Oil
Movements) understand and implement a process for releasing product (issuing certification
documents) based on analytical data.
It also provides additional information on interpretation of test results to aid understanding
the criteria for determining when product is on or off specification.
It is applicable to testing carried out in a single laboratory only; not to data supplied by
multiple laboratories.
The flow charts in Figures E.1 and E.2 outline the process to be used when interpreting
analytical data for product release decision-making.
E.2 Criteria for rejecting laboratory test data or for re-sampling
Data can only be rejected if there are justifiable reasons to do so. These include:
statistical reasons,
clear errors with the analysis that can be identified,
proof that the sample was not representative, or
concerns about the analytical performance of a particular laboratory or laboratories.
Re-sampling should only be carried out if there are valid reasons to suspect the integrity of
the sample received. These include:
incorrect sampling point used,
unsuitable sample container,
atypical product appearance,
unacceptable differences between test results for samples of the same material taken
from different sources, (e.g. tank upper, middle, lower), or
test results not consistent with plant process conditions or previous results on the same
material.
150
EI12/059
Figure E.1 Data interpretation decision process for test methods with stated precision
151
EI12/059
Figure E.2 Data interpretation decision process for test methods with no stated precision (e.g. thermal stability, copper strip etc)
152
EI12/059
ANNEX F (informative)
SALT DRYERS AND BULK WATER REMOVAL
AT REFINERIES
F.1 Salt Dryers
Salt dryers are used to remove water from fuel as an integral step in certain refinery
processes. A salt dryer comprises a bed of granular rock salt, NaCl, (although calcium
chloride or a mixture of the two is sometimes used) emplaced in a vessel. Its function is to
remove free water entrained in a hydrocarbon product as well as small amounts of dissolved
water. It is installed upstream of a product clay filter to protect the clay from premature failure
due to free water attack on the crystalline clay structure.
Salt dryers may be units measuring 10m or more in height. Salt consumption depends on
many factors but typically averages approximately 60 kg per 1000 m3 (20 pounds per 1000
barrels) of hydrocarbon product treated when operated at 38C (100F). It is essential that
the bed be monitored regularly and replenished before it is 50 % consumed.
Although the use of salt as a drying medium is effective, there are inherent risks with its use.
Refineries with wet treating units are particularly at a risk of delivering fuel containing
dissolved salt in water to airports, which can then precipitate out, or carry through into
hydrants and degrade the performance of downstream filtration.
There have been well-documented examples of salt carry-over onto aircraft with serious
consequences for aircraft fuel system performance (refer to IATA Guidelines for sodium
chloride contamination troubleshooting and decontamination of airframe and engine fuel
systems, 2nd edition, February 1998).
A salt drier is normally followed by a clay treater (refer Annex G), which should prevent any
salt carry-over from progressing into the finished jet fuel. However this depends entirely on
the correct operation and maintenance of both salt drier and clay treater. To ensure that only
on-specification jet fuel is produced in a refinery, it is essential that such processing units are
operated within the parameters set by the manufacturer(s) for those units. This is particularly
important with wet treating processes and the unit manufacturer will provide operating
parameters specific to the unit(s) installed.
There is currently no requirement in the jet fuel specification to test for salt; however
refineries shall have systems in place to ensure that no salt is carried over into finished jet
fuel, e.g. monitoring of salt drier operation, periodic testing of fuel samples, etc.
F.2 Handling bulk water at refineries (Industrial Coalescers)
It is common practice for refineries to use industrial coalescers for the removal of bulk free
water from aviation fuel. Typical designs include fibrous bed coalescers, sand coalescers,
and electrostatic coalescers.
F.2.1 Fibrous bed coalescers (e.g. dehydrators, hay packs, etc.)
These units typically utilize polypropylene felt or glass wool, although other media, such as
excelsior, steel wool or fibreglass wafers are also used. Fibre, of c. 50 m diameter, is used
to produce mats approximately 12 mm (0,5 in.) thick. These mats are layered to form a bed
about 60 cm (2 ft.) thick. A key advantage of the fibrous bed coalescer is its long service life
(typically 1-2 years). However, the media can be sensitive to contaminants and prone to
plugging (depending upon media density). In some vessel designs, the upstream mats or
wafers can be replaced to remove contaminants and extend the service life of the coalescer.
153
EI12/059
Over the last decade or so, the use of a combination of hydrophobic and hydrophilic fibrous
materials has aided the removal of free water to very low levels (e.g., <20 ppm).
F.2.2 Sand coalescers
These units typically utilize 20-40 mesh, filter sand grade material which is washed, hard,
naturally occurring, and high in silica content (e.g., Ottawa sand). In this application, very
large beds (e.g. 3 m (10 ft.) diameter X 15 m (50 ft.) long) are required to provide the
required water removal capacity. Effluent typically exits the sand coalescer with less than
100 ppm free water. Key advantages of sand coalescers are their relatively low cost and
extremely long life (typically 2-4 years). Compared with fibrous bed coalescers, sand
coalescers are much less sensitive to contaminants in fuel. However, they are unable to
coalesce fine water droplets, have relatively large vessel sizes, and there is difficulty in
changing the sand. Designs of sand coalescers have evolved to minimize carryover of
separated water in the effluent.
F.2.3 Electrostatic coalescers
These units are often found at refineries as part of caustic and water washing processes.
They utilize high voltage (dc) electrodes to polarize and thereby aid coalescence of fine
water droplets, which would otherwise not settle under gravity, as they flow past the
electrodes.
F.2.4 Operation
Irrespective of the type of coalescer(s) used at a refinery, their operation should be in
accordance with manufacturers recommendations. They should be monitored to ensure that
their maximum rated flow is not exceeded and that any free water in effluent is at expected
levels. A means of establishing suitable service-life/change-out intervals should also be
implemented.
Consideration should also be given to the requirements for media changes, and the potential
impact of these on refinery operations.
154

EHOLDER R
c
013
EI12/059
ANN
NEX G (inform
mative
e)
CLA
AY TRE
EATER
RS
G.1
INTRODUC
CTION
G.1.1 Why is it needed?

n
Clay tre
eatment is used
u
as a means
m
of rem
moving surfface active compoundss (otherwise
e known
as surffactants) and other polar
p
specie
es from av
viation fuell. These trrace materrials are
undesirrable as the
ey may affe
ect a numb
ber of fuel properties such as thhermal stability and
water separation ability,
a
a critical factor fo
or filter/wate
er separator performannce.
Note: T
The impact of surfacta
ants on the coalescenc
ce of fine water
w
dropleets in a filter/water
separattor system is explained
d in EI 1550
0.
Trace ssurfactants may originate from the manuffacture of jet fuel ussing some refinery
processses, or can occur naturrally in the ccrude. Such
h processes
s incorporatte clay treattment as
the fina
al stage of manufacturin
m
ng.
When a
aviation fue
el is transp
ported throu
ugh multi-p
product sup
pply chainss (e.g. by pipeline,
p
tanker, etc.) it mayy pick up in
ncidental m aterial such
h as traces of additivees and other polar
materia
als from pre
evious consignments of other fu
uels. A variety of conntrol and mitigation
m
measurres are imp
plemented to
t ensure a
aviation fue
el is not adv
versely imppacted, including in
some distribution systems,
s
the
e use of cla
ay treaters.
G.1.2 How does it work?
Clay tre
eatment is an
a adsorptiion processs. Clay has a very large surface aarea (approx
ximately
110 m2//g (1 200 ft2/g)), and an affinity fo
or polar materials, meaning surfacctants are adsorbed
on the surface an
nd within the porous structure of
o the clay
y, see Figuure G.1. Re
emoving
surfacta
ants improvves the quality of aviatiion fuel (se
ee G.2 for details). Clayy may also remove
unwanted colourattion from the
e fuel.
Note: Itt is a comm
mon industry
y misnomerr to call cla
ay treaters, clay filters. Although clay
c
can
be use
ed as a filtter, particulate entrap ment is no
ot its prima
ary functionn (and reduces its
effective
eness in re
emoving surrfactants). C
Clay treaterrs are so-ca
alled becausse the proc
cess can
improve
e "treatable" jet fuels, just like othe
er refining processes.
p
Figure G.1 Adso

orption witthin a clay ttreater
155
EI12/059
Despite its large surface area, clay has a finite capacity to adsorb polar species. There is a
threshold above which the clay will not be able to remove the polar species: this is the
service life, or capacity, of the clay.
G.1.3 How is clay treatment applied?
This annex discusses the use of clay treatment in two distinct areas, a) as a component of a
refinery manufacturing process and b) in downstream distribution systems.
Clay treaters in downstream distribution systems are commonly vessels filled with
replaceable cartridges of clay. Clay cartridges are available as either bags or canisters for
installation in the large vessels. Compared with canisters, the bags are typically less
expensive, and contain more clay, but can be difficult to install and remove.
Clay treaters in refineries may utilise bulk clay.
The clay used in the bags and canisters is typically low volatile matter (LVM), 50 - 90 mesh,
attapulgite clay mined in Attapulgus, Georgia, USA. (Note coarser 30-60 mesh can also be
supplied). LVM clay has better water tolerance and therefore less tendency to cake or
agglomerate, compared with regular volatile matter (RVM) clay (used primarily in bulk units).
Initial differential pressure is typically low across a clay treater containing fresh clay
(approximately 5 psi). Use of clay with a larger mesh number (smaller clay particles and
more compact structure) causes higher initial and accumulated differential pressure
throughout its service life, however, it can provide substantially more capacity.
Aviation fuel flow through cartridge-type clay treatment units is typically 19 - 26 l/min (5 - 7
gpm) per 178 mm x 457 mm (7 in. x 18 in.) element. Lower fuel flow rates result in longer
contact times, which increases the effectiveness of clay treatment.
G.2
CLAY TREATMENT IN REFINERIES
G.2.1 Purpose
Independent of the primary treating process used (e.g. hydroprocessing, caustic wash,
Merox), clay treating has significant benefits for jet fuel product quality. Refiners have
historically used clay treating as a final polish for jet fuel streams before they enter product
tankage. Effective clay treatment of jet fuel provides the following protection:
It guards against process upsets.
It removes undesirable trace materials, such as naphthenates originating from
processing or naturally occurring in the crude.
It helps ensure that product delivered into the downstream distribution system is of
suitable quality.
Clay acts as a safeguard for treatable product quality issues, especially when unit upsets or
feed fluctuations occur. However, it is important to appreciate that clay has limited capacity
under such stressed conditions. Severity and duration of process upsets determine the
impact on the clay, but the service life of clay will decrease if process upsets are long,
severe, or frequent. Therefore it is critical that clay treaters are not relied upon to
compensate for poor process control.
Clay treating is an essential part of the process to maintain product quality as jet fuel
feedstocks and component streams become more challenging.
G.2.2 Design
The size of a clay treatment vessel is dependent on the velocity of fuel flow through the
clay (bed velocity) and the residence time of the fuel in the clay. Manufacturers of the
156
EI12/059
units will provide recommendations, which for bulk clay units, typically involve a
maximum bed velocity of around 5,0 gpm/ft2 and a residence time of c.30 minutes. The
residence time needs to be sufficient to enable trace materials to be adsorbed onto the
clay.
Consideration should be given to the number of clay treaters necessary to maintain
operational flexibility during clay change-out in a vessel.
A vessel should ideally have a length to diameter ratio of at least 2.5 to facilitate
maintenance.
Vessels should be constructed of stainless steel, aluminium or carbon steel.
The clay treater inlet distributor (for the fuel) should be designed to ensure the maximum
use of the clay bed, avoiding preferential flow. Good distribution helps utilise the clay to
its maximum capacity. Slotted cylindrical distributors or perforated pipe ring or antennae
configurations are available. Note: Designs should ensure that clay loading is not
impeded.
Outlet collectors should incorporate a baffle, shield mechanism or mesh screen to help
protect against clay particulate being carried downstream of the clay treater.
Support grids (sometimes referred to as Johnson screens) within the vessel should be
well secured to make sure they do not move during loading or operation.
A means of ensuring relief in the event of a pressure surge should be incorporated.
One or more work platforms, including access steps and handrails, shall be provided to
facilitate clay loading and unloading, and to permit vessel inspection and maintenance.
Platforms shall not be welded or physically attached to the vessel.
G.2.3 Correct usage of clay filters in refinery processing

It is essential that clay treaters are operated within the parameters set by the manufacturer
of that unit and are carefully monitored and controlled. Any clay treater operation outside the
parameters (e.g. above the units maximum design flowrate) set by the manufacturer is likely
to reduce its performance.
G.2.4 Clay treater feed specifications
To help maintain effective clay treatment, and to maximise service life of the clay, it is
important to minimize the amount of free water contamination, and to maintain high MSEP
values, in the feed fuel.
Impact of water contamination
If the clay treater is overloaded with free water (e.g. due to process upset or poor drying), the
clay will become soggy, agglomerate, and will "cake" or "mud". This is likely to create an
increase in differential pressure across the vessel, cause flow channelling of the fuel within
the vessel, and may also lead to particulates in jet fuel downstream of the vessel. The
correct operation of drying equipment upstream of clay treatment is required to ensure a
"dry" feed to the clay treater.
Water is polar and will also block adsorption sites on the clay that would normally pick up
trace materials. Also, if free water is present, surfactants may congregate at the oil-water
interface and may not be removed by the clay.
Feed MSEP
Minimising trace materials/surfactants in the feed to the clay treater (as indicated by a high
MSEP value) will maximise the service life of clay.
G.2.5 Clay treater monitoring Routine operations and laboratory data
The vessel vent line should be frequently checked for formation of a separate air phase. If
present, the air phase should be promptly vented. A separate air phase penetrating the bed
will result in channelling and require premature clay replacement. Clay life cannot be
157
EI12/059
predicted and varies widely for different feedstocks, ranging typically from 10,000 to 50,000
bbl/ton (1600 to 8000 m3/ton).
Monitoring the water content (Karl Fischer) of the clay treater feed should be considered to
protect the clay from water contamination.
In addition to operational data (temperatures, pressures, and flowrates), laboratory data from
fuel samples taken upstream and downstream of the clay treater are required for effective
clay treater performance monitoring, and to assess the need for clay changeout (at the end
of its service life). The most important test is ASTM D3948 Microseparometer (MSEP).
Comparing the MSEP values obtained from samples upstream and downstream of the
treater is an effective way to monitor the clay's ability to adsorb trace materials. If clay has
lost the ability to routinely improve MSEP values, clay changeout is necessary.
It is important that laboratory data are obtained routinely. This enables trend monitoring over
time, and also facilitates troubleshooting.
Note: Other laboratory tests are required to monitor the effectiveness of refining processes
(see 6.4.5 for further information). It is important that these measurements are obtained from
samples taken upstream of clay treatment, to avoid clay treatment masking a potential
problem.
G.2.6 Troubleshooting
The following are the most frequently experienced issues relating to clay treater operation.
Other issues (that may be detected downstream of clay treatment) typically result from
process upsets, a change in refining processes or a feed change. See 6.4.5.1 for refining
troubleshooting tips.
MSEP is low downstream of clay treatment, or MSEP is not improved by clay treatment
This is the most common product quality issue in jet fuel refining. Low MSEP values
downstream of clay treatment indicate that the ability of clay to adsorb trace materials has
been exhausted (the service life of the clay has been exceeded). The date of the last clay
changeout should be investigated.
NOTE: MSEP values upstream of clay treatment should also be reviewed to investigate
whether there is an issue with refining processes.
Thermal stability failure on fuel taken downstream of clay treatment
This is the second most common product quality issue with jet fuel. Although clay does not
consistently improve thermal stability, it should be capable of removing occasional trace
materials that contribute to thermal stability failures. Thermal stability failures downstream of
clay treatment are indicative of a refining process issue and exhausted clay.
High levels of particulates in the product
High particulate concentrations downstream of a clay treater are usually caused by free
water contamination upstream of the clay. Once a clay treater is contaminated with water the
clay cakes and can carry over into the fuel. If particulate levels are an issue in the product,
check the following:
a) Clay lifetime (change if necessary)
b) MSEP
c) Clay treater pressure differential
d) Particulates in the feed to the clay treater
e) Water (by Karl Fischer) in the feed to and product from the clay treater
f) Dryer operation
158
G.3
EI12/059
CLAY TREATMENT IN DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
G.3.1 Purpose
Clay treaters can be used at terminals and airports to remove trace materials that can inhibit
water removal (by disarming filter/water separators). Clay treaters used in pipelines,
terminals, and airports are generally cartridge style units.
G.3.2 Design
Clay treatment vessels should be correctly sized for their intended application, in
accordance with manufacturers recommendations.
Consideration should be given to the number of clay treaters necessary to maintain
operational flexibility during clay change-out in a vessel.
A vessel should ideally have a length to diameter ratio of at least 2.5 to facilitate
maintenance.
All metal parts in contact with the fuel shall be free of vanadium, zinc, cadmium, copper
and their alloys. Vessels may be constructed of stainless steel, aluminium or carbon
steel.
A means of ensuring relief in the event of a pressure surge should be incorporated.
One or more work platforms, including access steps and handrails, shall be provided to
facilitate clay loading and unloading, and to permit vessel inspection and maintenance.
Platforms shall not be welded or physically attached to the vessel.
In addition to removing trace materials, clay treatment also removes additives such as
static dissipator (SDA) and lubricity improver additives, which may be required in the
fuel by specification or customer agreement. Therefore, clay treatment vessels should
be located upstream of any additive injection points, otherwise re-dosing may be
necessary.
G.3.3 Correct usage of clay treatment in distribution systems
It is essential that clay cartridges are installed properly, to ensure fuel cannot bypass the
clay.
Care is needed to ensure that the clay bags or canisters cannot suffer structural failure,
releasing clay into the aviation fuel stream. In some locations, it may be advisable to install a
microfilter immediately downstream of the clay treatment vessel to intercept any migrating
clay.
The effectiveness of clay treatment should be regularly monitored. This is best done by
making comparative measurements of fuel properties that relate to the presence of surfaceactive materials upstream and downstream of the clay treater:
1. Conductivity can be used if the upstream fuel value is significant (>25 pS/m);
downstream conductivity should be lower than the upstream value.
2. Water Separability: if measured by MSEP (ASTM D3948), the downstream value should
be higher (better separability) than that for the upstream fuel. For further information
refer to API 1595 (13.3 in first edition)
3. The differential pressure reading should be no more than 15 psi at rated flow (for
cartridge units), to confirm that bed plugging (blocking of the porous structure) has not
occurred.
If any of the conditions in 1-3 above are not met, then the clay bed is probably exhausted
and should be changed. Furthermore, one or more of the following observations from a
filter/water separator located downstream of a clay treater can also indicate that the clay bed
is exhausted:
Disarmed filter/coalescer (surfactants not being removed)
Significant volume of water drains (wet system/clay)
159
EI12/059
Brown water drains (surfactants not being removed)
To maximise the life of clay cartridges, care should be taken to minimise exposure to water
and rust or other particulate matter. Water is attracted to the clay. Over time the water can
disarm the clay and potentially flush adsorbed surfactants from the clay into the aviation fuel
stream. Excessive water contact can also cause flow channelling and clay dispersion,
resulting in high particulate content in the downstream aviation fuel. If there is any chance of
high water content in the fuel to be clay treated, it is recommended that coarse water
separators or hay-packs should be used upstream of the clay treater.
Particulate matter can disarm the clay by occluding adsorption sites on the surface of, and
within, the clay structure. Exposure to rust or particulate matter also plugs the clay bed
increasing the differential pressure. If there is any chance of high particulate matter content
in the fuel to be clay treated, it is recommended that a microfilter should be installed
upstream of the clay treater.
160
EI12/059
ANNEX H (informative)
JET FUEL CONDUCTIVITY
H.1
PURPOSE
The purpose of this annex (the content of which was formerly published as JIG Bulletin 25) is
to provide information on jet fuel conductivity variations that can occur in the distribution
system, the impact of the additive Stadis 450 on water separation characteristics as
determined by the ASTM D3948 test (MSEP), and to offer suggestions on the optimum
location and method of addition of the additive.
H.2
CONDUCTIVITY REQUIREMENTS AND DEPLETION IN DISTRIBUTION

SYSTEMS
Typically, undoped jet fuel has conductivity in the range 0 to 5 pS/m. The rationale for
increasing the conductivity by the addition of Static Dissipater Additive (SDA) is to speed up
the rate at which static charge can dissipate, thereby reducing the time for which a static
hazard might exist. The only SDA recognised by DEF STAN 91-91 is Stadis 450 produced
by Innospec1.
The presence of SDA does not prevent the generation of static charge; bonding is essential
when transferring jet fuel during activities such as sampling, loading or fuelling aircraft.
The requirement for conductivity (50-600 pS/m at the ambient temperature of aircraft
fuelling) in the Joint Fuelling Systems Check List comes from DEF STAN 91-91, but it is
acknowledged that the SDA may be injected downstream of the point of manufacture for
practical reasons. The ASTM D1655 specification for Jet A-1 has no mandatory conductivity
requirement; the use of SDA is optional.
It is a well-known phenomenon for conductivity to decrease as fuel moves through the
supply chain and this can lead to the need for re-doping between the refinery and the airport
fuelling operation. The DEF STAN 91-91 and ASTM D1655 specifications acknowledge this
by applying a 3 mg/L max limit for Stadis 450 on initial doping and a cumulative limit of 5
mg/L. DEF STAN 91-91 also recognizes that, because of losses in the distribution system,
the refinery may not be the best place to inject Stadis 450.
According to DEF STAN 91-91 (and hence also the Joint Fuelling Systems (AFQRJOS)
Check List), the conductivity limits need only be met at the point of aircraft fuelling at ambient
temperature. In the supply chain, it is permitted to certify that product meets the
requirements of the specification for all properties except conductivity.
At the skin of the aircraft, if the conductivity does not meet the minimum requirement cited
here, a temporary lower limit of 25 pS/m can be adopted (subject to user notification
requirements) to avoid supply disruption, provided that at the SDA injection point, the
conductivity at ambient temperature was over 50 pS/m. This is known as the Low
Conductivity Protocol and full details can be found in DEF STAN 91-91 (latest edition).
Note: The specification requirement for conductivity is at bulk liquid temperature. Laboratory
measurements are seldom at the same temperature as the bulk liquid, and hence may be
misleading. Where laboratory testing of samples for conductivity shows non-conforming
results, these shall be confirmed by in-situ measurement of the bulk liquid conductivity.
1
Other SDAs are currently being progressed through the industry approval process.
161
H.3
EI12/059
IMPACT OF SDA ON WATER SEPARATION (MSEP)
In addition to (sometimes unpredictable) changes in conductivity during distribution, the

other major problem is that Stadis 450 is a surfactant. As a result, it can increase the pick-up
and dispersion of dirt and water in the fuel, especially if it is poorly mixed into the fuel.
Although Stadis 450 is not a strong surfactant, in some fuels it can cause significant
reductions in the MSEP rating. This is well known and the DEF STAN 91-91 specification
has different MSEP limits for fuel with and without Stadis 450 (70 and 85 respectively).
The reduction in MSEP caused by Stadis 450 does not necessarily indicate problems with
the performance of filter/water separators, especially since the introduction of filter/coalescer
elements meeting EI 1581 5th edition. All the evidence points to the fact that the MSEP test
(D3948) can be overly sensitive to Stadis 450 with some fuels.
Although DEF STAN 91-91 sets MSEP limits at point of manufacture only, and does not
require testing in the distribution system, MSEP testing in the supply chain is quite common
as a means of identifying potentially harmful surfactant contamination. In addition to the
problems noted, interpretation of MSEP test results is complicated by the poor reproducibility
of the MSEP test method itself. JIG has endorsed, and encourages the use of, an MSEP
protocol (JIG Bulletin 14) to help interpret measurements that are made in the distribution
system and prevent unnecessary supply disruption.
As a result of the problems noted here, suppliers often find themselves having to re-dope
with Stadis 450 to make up for lost conductivity, only to find that the MSEP rating has
dropped below 70 (sometimes used as an ad-hoc limit for custody transfer). This is an
extremely difficult situation to manage. The following recommendations for dosing are
intended to help operators manage the situation.
H.4
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE DOSING OF STADIS 450
H.4.1 Stadis 450 may be injected into Jet A-1 at refineries. The advantages of this are that
refineries are often well equipped to inject additives and for some supply chains no further
dosing is required. However, this is not necessarily best practice because transport modes
from the refinery (such as multi-product vessels and pipelines) can cause significant and
unpredictable loss of conductivity. It is also worth noting that there is no requirement for a
defined conductivity level when handling jet fuel on multi-product ships or pipelines.
H.4.2 Initial injection of Stadis 450 should be done as close as possible to the airport,
preferably into storage directly upstream of a dedicated supply route to the airport. Injection
at the airport itself is an option, but only where the installation has capacity to deal with
problems such as over-dosing or unresponsive jet fuel. Also, the options for blending and
problem mitigation are usually limited at airports. Consequently, injection of Stadis 450 at
airports should be limited to fine-tuning conductivity levels where necessary to meet the
specification limits.
H.4.3 The optimum point for additive injection within a storage facility depends on the
specific local circumstances, and the principles outlined in H.4.3.1 H.4.3.2 are provided for
guidance.
H.4.3.1 Given that Stadis 450 is a surfactant and can increase dirt and water pick-up, it is
best to delay injection until after dirt and water removal. Injection during a receipt from a
multi-product tanker or pipeline into storage only makes sense if there is a high level of
confidence that the incoming product is consistently free from dirt and water. Unless this is
the case, it is better to wait until after the product has been settled and drained before
162
EI12/059
injection. Suitable injection schemes would be inline dosing during transfer from receipt to
delivery tanks or by tank recirculation.
H.4.3.2 Injection of Stadis 450 during delivery of product from a storage facility by dedicated
pipeline to an airport is not recommended. This is because airport depots are unlikely to
have the capacity to deal with problems such as overdosed or unresponsive jet fuel
(requiring facilities for further injection or blending).
H.4.4 Experience shows that the least effective place to inject Stadis 450 is in multi-product
marine vessels or inland waterway/coastal barges. Injection during loading will help disperse
dirt and water from the vessels tanks with little increase in conductivity. It is unacceptable to
manually add the additive to ships compartments using the closed loading access/sampling
tube. The concentrated Stadis 450 does not mix well and can lead to major dirt and water
problems, with limited conductivity improvement and/or the creation of non-homogeneous
batches. Both are very inefficient methods for using the additive.
H.4.5 It should also be noted that after SDA is added downstream of the point of
manufacture, there is no specification requirement to re-check the MSEP rating, and it is
therefore not mandatory to quote the MSEP rating on the Release Certificate.
163
EI12/059
ANNEX I (normative)
LONG-TERM STORAGE AND RETURN TO USE
I.1
INTRODUCTION
Many supply chains worldwide ensure that the fuel which enters them is uplifted to aircraft
within a relatively short timescale (several days to weeks). However, there are also
situations where fuel may be intentionally stored for a longer period; typically involving State
strategic storage, or for military applications.
Long-term storage is defined as product held in storage for longer than 6 months, with no
receipts or deliveries. Where product is stored with no receipts for longer than 6 months but
product continues to be delivered, see 9.5.1.5
I.2
STORAGE AND MAKING AVAILABLE FOR USE PROCESS
Organisations involved in long-term storage shall have in place a documented process for
ensuring that aviation fuel product quality is maintained within acceptable limits, and a
documented process to ensure the fuel is fit for use prior to release. Key issues to consider
include:
The conditions of storage, and the likelihood that these may impact on product quality.
Whether fuel is going to be subsequently introduced into the market (in which case the
requirements of this annex are mandatory), or retained for use within a single
organisation, e.g. military.
Whether there have been any amendments/revisions to the fuel specification that the
fuel was originally certified to since entry into storage that will impact the suitability of the
fuel for release.
Whether testing is required periodically during storage to monitor potential deterioration
(e.g. six monthly).
Establishment of procedures/requirements for the maintenance of fuel cleanliness both
during storage, and its subsequent transfer out of storage.
Procedures to ensure stock rotation.
Before release, CoA testing shall be undertaken to confirm the product meets the current
requirements of the fuel specification. A comparison of the new CoA should be made with
the original CoA on entry to storage. Any significant differences shall be investigated prior to
release to confirm that the product is fit for use.
I.3
FUEL SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
As noted in 2.2.7, DEF STAN 91-91 specifies that fuel supplied to an airport be supported by
a RCQ, CoA or RTC that is less than 180 days old (for drum stocks the certification is valid
for 12 months from filling date or last re-test date for the batch of drums). Should there have
been subsequent changes to the fuel specification since the date on the RCQ, CoA or RTC,
any additional testing required by the current specification shall be uindertaken at the time of
re-testing.
164
EI12/059
ANNEX J (informative)
REFERENCED PUBLICATIONS
The following publications are cited in this publication. Where the publications are
undated/without edition number; the latest available edition applies.
Airlines for America (A4A)
A4A 103 Standards for jet fuel quality control at airports.
API
Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards Chapter 17.6 Marine measurement:
Guidelines for determining the fullness of pipelines between vessels and shore tanks
Recommended Practice 1110 Pressure testing of liquid petroleum pipelines
Recommended Practice 1543 Documentation, monitoring and laboratory testing of aviation
fuel during shipment from refinery to airport
Recommended Practice 1595 Design, construction, operation, maintenance and inspection
of aviation pre-airfield storage terminals
ASME2
B31.4 Pipeline transportation systems for liquid hydrocarbons and other liquids
ASTM International3
D56 Standard test method for flash point by tag closed cup tester
D86 Standard test method for distillation of petroleum products at atmospheric pressure
D156 Test method for saybolt colour of petroleum products (Saybolt chromometer method)
D381 Test method for existent gum in fuels by jet evaporation
D910 Standard specification for aviation gasolines
D1094 Test method for water reaction of aviation fuels
D1655 Standard specification for aviation turbine fuels
D2276 Standard test method for particulate contaminant in aviation fuel by line sampling
D2624 Test method for electrical conductivity of aviation and distillate fuels containing a
static dissipater additive
D2887 Standard test method for boiling range distribution of petroleum fractions by gas
chromatography
D3241 Standard test method for thermal oxidation stability of aviation turbine fuels
D3948 Test method for determining water separation characteristics of aviation turbine fuels
by portable separometer
D4054 Standard practice for qualification and approval of new aviation turbine fuels and fuel
additives
D4057 Standard practice for manual sampling of petroleum and petroleum products
D4171 Standard specification for fuel system icing inhibitors
D4176 Standard test method for free water and particulate contamination in distillate fuels
(Visual inspection procedures)
D4177 Standard practice for automatic sampling of petroleum and petroleum products
D4306 Standard practice for aviation fuel sample containers for tests affected by trace
contamination
D4952 Standard test method for qualitative analysis for active sulfur species in fuels and
solvents (Doctor Test)
D5001 Standard test method for measurement of lubricity of aviation turbine fuels by the
Ball-on-Cylinder Lubricity Evaluator (BOCLE)
2
3
American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 3 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10016-5990. www.asme.org
ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbour Drive, West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania 19428, USA. www.astm.org
165
EI12/059
D5006 Standard test method for measurement of fuel system icing inhibitors (ether type) in
aviation fuels
D5452 Standard test method for particulate contamination in aviation fuels by laboratory
filtration
D5842 Standard practice for sampling and handling of fuels for volatility measurement
D5854 Standard practice for mixing and handling of liquid samples of petroleum and
petroleum products
D6792 Standard practice for quality system in petroleum products and lubricants testing
laboratories
D7524 Standard test method for determination of static dissipater additives (SDA) in aviation
turbine fuel and middle distillate fuelsHigh performance liquid chromatograph
(HPLC) method
D7566 Standard specification for aviation turbine fuel containing synthesized hydrocarbons
EI4
1529 Aviation fuelling hose and hose assemblies
1540 Design, construction, operation and maintenance of aviation fuelling facilities
1541 Performance requirements for protective coating systems used in aviation fuel storage
tanks and piping
1542 Identification markings for dedicated aviation fuel manufacturing and distribution
facilities, airport storage and mobile fuelling equipment
1550 Handbook on equipment used for the maintenance and delivery of clean aviation fuel
1581 Specification and qualification procedures for aviation jet fuel filter/separators, 5th
edition
1582 Specification for similarity for EI 1581 aviation jet fuel filter/separators, 2nd edition
1583 Laboratory tests and minimum performance levels for aviation fuel filter monitors, 6th
edition
1590 Specification and qualification procedures for aviation fuel microfilters, 2nd edition
1596 Design and construction of aviation fuel filter vessels
Guidance on development, implementation and improvement of quality systems in petroleum
laboratories
Guidelines for the investigation of the microbiological content of petroleum fuel and for the
implementation of avoidance and remedial strategies
HM50 Guidelines for the cleaning of tanks and lines for marine tank vessels carrying
petroleum and refined products
HM66 Guidelines for determining the fullness of pipelines between vessels and shore tanks
Model code of safe practice Part 16 Tank cleaning safety code
Model code of safe practice Part 21 Guidelines for the control of hazards arising from static
electricity
Multi-product pipelines: Minimum criteria to determine additive acceptability
IP Test Methods5
IP 123 Petroleum products Determination of distillation characteristics at atmospheric
pressure
IP 139 Petroleum products and lubricants - Determination of acid or base number - Colourindicator titration method
IP 170 Determination of flash point - Abel closed-cup method
IP 189 Crude petroleum and liquid or solid petroleum products - Determination of density or
relative density - Capillary-stoppered pyknometer and graduated bicapillary
pyknometer methods
IP 216 Determination of particulate contaminant of aviation turbine fuels by line sampling
(ASTM D 2276)
IP 274 Petroleum products Aviation and distillate fuels Determination of electrical
4
5
Available from www.energyinstpubs.org.uk

Available from www.energyinstpubs.org.uk
166
EI12/059
conductivity (ISO 6297)

IP 289 Determination of water reaction of aviation fuels
IP 323 Determination of thermal oxidation stability of gas turbine fuels
IP 356 Crude petroleum - Determination of water - Potentiometric Karl Fischer titration
method
IP 423 Standard test method for particulate contamination in aviation fuels by laboratory
filtration
IP 540 Determination of the existent gum content of aviation turbine fuel - Jet evaporation
method
IP 568 Determination of the static dissipater additives (SDA) in aviation turbine fuel and
middle distillate fuels - HPLC method
IP 585 Determination of fatty acid methyl esters (FAME), derived from bio-diesel fuel, in
aviation turbine fuel - GC-MS with selective ion monitoring/scan detection method
IP 590 Determination of fatty acid methyl esters (FAME) in aviation turbine fuel - HPLC
evaporative light scattering detector method
ISO
ISO 1825 Rubber hoses and hose assemblies for aircraft ground fuelling and defuelling Specification
ISO 3170 Petroleum liquids - Manual sampling
ISO 3171 Petroleum liquids - Automatic sampling
ISO 4259 Petroleum products - Determination and application of precision data in relation to
methods of test
ISO 9001 Quality management systems - requirements
ISO 15750-2 Packaging - Steel drums - Part 2: Non-removable head (tight head) drums with
a minimum total capacity of 212 l, 216,5 l and 230 l
ISO 17025 General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories
ISO 31000 Risk management - Principles and guidelines
ISO/ANSI MH2a Materials handling (containers) - Steel drums and pails
Joint Inspection Group (JIG)6
Aviation fuel quality requirements for jointly operated systems (AFQRJOS)
Bulletin No.14 MSEP protocol
JIG 1 Standards for aviation fuel quality control and operating procedures for into-plane
fuelling services
JIG 2 Standards for aviation fuel quality control and operating procedures for airport depots
JIG 3 Standards for aviation fuel quality control and operating procedures for supply and
distribution facilities (Issue 11, January 2012)
UK Ministry of Defence (MoD)7
Defence Standard 68-251 Fuel Soluble Lubricity Improving Additives for Aviation Turbine
Fuels, NATO Code S-1747
Defence Standard 68-252 Fuel System Icing Inhibitor, NATO Code S-1745
Defence Standard 91-86 Turbine Fuel, Aviation Kerosine Type: High Flash Type, Containing
Fuel System Icing Inhibitor NATO Code F-44
Defence Standard 91-87 Turbine fuel, aviation kerosine type: Containing Fuel System Icing
Inhibitor NATO Code F-34
Defence Standard 91-91 Turbine fuel, aviation kerosine type, Jet A-1 NATO Code: F-35,
Joint service designation: AVTUR
6
7
Joint Inspection Group, c/o 35 Abercorn Place, London, NW8 9DR, UK. www.jointinspectiongroup.org
Ministry of Defence Directorate of Standardization, Room 1138, Kentigern House, 65 Brown Street, Glasgow
G2 8EX, UK. www.dstan.mod.uk
167
EI12/059
US Military8
MIL-DTL-5624 Turbine Fuel, Aviation, Grades JP-4 and JP-5
MIL-PRF-25017 Inhibitor, Corrosion/Lubricity Improver, Fuel Soluble
MIL-DTL-83133 Turbine Fuel Aviation, Kerosine Type, JP-8 (NATO F-34), and JP-8+100
(NATO F-37)
MIL-DTL-85470B Inhibitor, Icing, Fuel System, High Flash. NATO Code Number S-1745
US Military, Commanding Officer, Naval Publications and Forms Center, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania 19120, USA.
168
ANNEX K (informative)
UNIT CONVERSION FACTORS
The following conversion factors are used in this publication.
1 U.S. gallon
1 litre
1 Imperial gallon
1 litre
1 kg
1 lb
1 bar
1 bar
1 psi
1 psi
T F = 1,8 x T C + 32
3,785 litres
0,264 U.S. gallon
4,546 litres
0,220 Imperial gallon
2,205 lbs
0,454 kg
14,50 psi
100 kPa
0,069 bar
6,895 kPa
169
EI12/059

Jig Standard 1530 Manual

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Jig Standard 1530 Manual

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

DRAFT EI/JIG 1530 FOR STAKEHOLDER REVIEW.

Copyright EI & JIG 2012

Quality assurance requirements for the

6 Refineries: Manufacture .......................................................................................................

Glossary of terms & abbreviations ....................................................................

LEGAL NOTICES AND DISCLAIMERS

1 INTRODUCTION, SCOPE, APPLICATION AND

This publication does not address:

2 AVIATION FUEL QUALITY ASSURANCE AND

QUALITY ASSURANCE SYSTEM

2.2.1 Quality assurance system principles

Specification name, issue and any amendment number;

The RCQ can be produced by an independent contracted laboratory working on behalf of a

2.2.5 Release Certificate (RC)

Test Cert Number:

Batch Export Record

Total Litres Exported

Figure 1 Examples of batch make-up and batch export records

DRAFT EI/JIG 1530 FOR STAKE

By listing the com

es batches from refine

es product from Loca

DRAFT EI/JIG 1530 FOR STAKE

es product from Loca

Figure 2 Documentation requirements

QUALITY ASSURANCE ORGANIZATION

an executive and decision-making role, which oversees an operation to prevent the

Requirements for training apply equally to any sub-contractors.

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENTS

MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE PROCESS

is it a permanent, temporary or emergency change.

MoC PROCESS IMPLEMENTATION

Introduction of new products e.g those containing biocomponents.

4 SAMPLING AND TESTING OF AVIATION FUEL

GENERAL SAMPLING PRINCIPLES

Equipment used to draw samples shall be dedicated to aviation fuel. Sampling

4.1.10 A record shall be maintained of all samples taken.

4.2.1 Core documents

SAMPLING AND SAMPLES - TERMINOLOGY

To facilitate understanding, the definitions included in Table 1 apply in this publication.

sample obtained with an apparatus which accumulates the sample

a spot sample taken from the product at or close to the bottom of a

the tank is layered at all, the average results obtained by

Skim sample/ surface

tap sample / tank-side

It is important that the compositing process is well documented

DRAFT EI/JIG 1530 FOR STAKE

ple of spot sample po

SAMPLING TANKS IN ANY MARINE VESSEL

4.6.1 Fuel quality testing philosophy

4.6.2.1 Laboratory sample containers

4.6.2.2 Field sampling containers

Recertification Test requirements are as shown in Table 2.

Table 2 - Recertification test requirements

Reid Vapour Pressure

Knock Rating (Motor Method) Lean

(1) if contamination with leaded fuel is possible;

Reid Vapour Pressure

Knock Rating (Motor Method) Lean

Conductivity and temperature

(1) To be carried out on bulk stock in storage or immediately after

4.6.8 Testing for presence of FAME in jet fuel

4.6.9.1 Appearance check (clear and bright)

Solid matter (visual)